Home

2008 M45/ M35 Owner`s Manual

Contents

1. AFS Fr Py Lane departure warning light or ange Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low washer fluid warning light Preview Function warning light orange Rear Active Steer warning light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light green Mm M a cn as E mMm VIC N OON oD D M we g A mt a ub voc OFF Cruise set switch indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem MAIN switch indicator light green Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem set switch indicator light Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light green Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Slip indicator light Small light indicator lights Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on SERVICE BRAKE or pe cate CRUISE amp AWD RAS
2. SAA1684 There are some options available during play back Select one of the following that are displayed on the screen if necessary Menu Refer to the following information for each item e Play by Artist Plays songs by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order Music Box gt Menu Search Artists Search Aloums Search Song Details Search Keywords Edit Albums SAA1685 Music Box gt Menu Search Albums Search Song Details Search Keywords Edit Albums Music Box System Info SAA1686 e Play by Album Plays tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order Play by Date Plays tracks in each album The albums are sorted in order of the date when they were stored in the system Play by Mood Plays music from one of the following moods Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music and Upbeat Music Play by Category Plays music from one of the following cat egories My Favorites Hit Songs Kids Songs and Rarely Played Search Artists Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist and starts playing the first track Search Albums Displays a list of albums in order of the date when they were stored in the system Select ing an album displays all of the t
3. US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Pag gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON Engine oil 2 Drain and refill With oil filter change VK45DE AWD 6 1 8 qt 5 1 8 qt 5 8 eEngine oil with API Certification Mark 3 2WD 5 7 8 qt 4 7 8 qt 5 5 eViscosity SAE 5W 30 VQ35DE 5 qt 4 1 8 qt 4 7 Without oil filter change VK45DE AWD 5 1 2 qt 4 5 8 qt 5 2 2WD 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 VQ35DE 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 4 Cooling system With reservoir VK45DE 11 qt 9 1 8 qt 10 4 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent VQ35DE 9 3 8 qt 7 7 8 qt 8 9 50 Demineralized or distilled water Reservoir VK45DE 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 VQ35DE 5 8 qt 1 2 qt 0 6 Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Differential gear oil Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 5 Transfer fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 6 Power Steering Fluid PSF Brake fluid Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 7 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 8 or equivalent DOT 3 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 1
4. 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate 0 eae 9 14 Vehicle loading information 0e eee eee 9 15 TEMS cineri sner Endt EEn E E dee E a uae ES 9 15 Vehicle load capacity cc cece eee e eee 9 16 Loading TIPSicescc nave ias eae c kaw deiN eearee 9 17 Measurement of weights 00eee eee 9 18 TOWING a trailer vices accesseeeses es cencaaencena ees 9 18 Flat tOWING wsiiscide cece oie e cee wenntaewaenaeres 9 18 Uniform tire quality grading eee eae 9 19 WMCAUWEGNS 3 22 wancdvces wGs ace thes ave narelpnaaret eens 9 19 Traction AA A B and C cece eee eee eens 9 19 Temperature A Band C cece eee eee eee eee 9 19 Emission control system warranty 4 9 20 Reporting safety defects US only 9 20 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 21 Event data recorders cece cece eee neces 9 22 Owner s manual service manual order information 9 22 In the event of a collision 0 eee 9 23 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications
5. Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to au tomatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it oper ates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective pro tection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light Be is located on the overhead console The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The ae light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The light illuminates to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other a
6. Settings gt Speaker Adaptation the system learn the voice commands in suc cession without selecting commands one by Edit Name one Store Result Reset Result Continuous Learning SAA1922 Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Store Result When this item is turned to ON the voice recognition system can easily recognize the user s voice that it has learned Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 133 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Solution 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List earlier in this section 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the system fails to interpret the command correctly NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that vo
7. SCE0581 SCE0638 6 4 Jacking tools T type spare tire model In case of emergency Jacking tools Conventional spare tire model Spare tire Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools and spare tire from the storage area located inside the trunk as illus trated Raise the trunk floor cover 4 using the handle then hang it on the edge of the trunk opening Remove the clamp holding the spare tire Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire A WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is sup ported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack pro vided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your ve hicle during a tire change e Usethe correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the ve hicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions OO So dee
8. 4 36 Shift lock release Transmission 5 12 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 14 Snow mode switch 2 37 Spare tits e s seee wl ee oe ee aw 9 9 Spark plugs wcc cs eee ee ee we ae 8 19 Speedometer sess sses as poromu stis 2 6 Starting Before starting the engine 5 9 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Starting the engine 5 9 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 42 Steering Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 46 Steering wheel mounted controls for AUdIO ra Soe ee ol ea a eS 4 60 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 21 SHOTASS coc a city ow Mee i om Ha ch de Say ae Hae oo ea 2 40 SUM VISOS ae r x ow Bo Se a A aa eed 3 21 Sunglasses holder 2 41 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 47 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 48 2 17 Supplemental restraint system 1 34 Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 34 Switch Autolight switch 2 30 Fog light switch 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch Headlight switch Ignition switch automatic transmission models Lane departure warning LDW system Power door lock switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Snow mode switch Turn signal switch Vehicle dynamic co
9. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equip ment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the re ceiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LIGHTS SDI2156 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself CO MANAYNAWHN BZ si ee ame Gamer ane ae n aA NOW FP WN FO Front turn signal light Front park light Headlight high beam Headlight low beam Map light Rear personal light Front fog light Front side marker light Front side turn signal light Front sill plate light Step light License plate light High mounted stop light Rear turn signal light Trunk light Back up light Tail stop light Rear side marker light HEADLIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI dealer Replacing Xenon headlight bulb A WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al ways have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer For addition
10. The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped A ABS of ox Sm E If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec trical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer WARNING LIGHTS Awp All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models The light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the diam eter of the front and the rear wheels are differ ent the warning light will either remain illumi nated or blink See ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD sys tem Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e If the AWD warning light blinks while driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 sec onds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e Ifthe warning light is still on after the above operati
11. i Information Fuel Economy Traffic Info Trip Computer GPS Satellite Info Maintenance Others a Tire Pressure Where am SAA1803 iJ Information gt Command List Navigation Audio Please select a voice command category Phone Vehicle Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA1935 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Command List key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight a category using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 135 i Information gt Command List Radio Radio Play Radio AM Radio FM Tune lt 87 7 107 9 gt Tune lt 530 1710 gt Available when mode is selected SAA1593 6 Highlight an item using the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER button 7 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 136 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands Navigation Help
12. Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the follow ing messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD CompactFlash CF player Donotforcea CF card into the slot This could damage the CF card and or player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CF card and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The CF player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not expose a CF card to direct sunlight e Confirm that a CF card is inserted c
13. SSS0637 LATCH lower anchor location Type B LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors A WARNING e Attach LATCH compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustra tion If a child restraint is not secured prop erly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH an chors The child restraint will not be secured properly e Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This infor mation may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufactur
14. Uppercase Shows uppercase characters Lowercase Shows lowercase characters Space Inserts a space e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 WARNING Program navigation system only when stopped Doing so while driving can lead to a serious or fatal accident See Owner s Manual This navigation system can help guide you However road and traffic conditions may require you to change your route Drive safety and obey all laws Push ENTER to accept SAA1454 SAA1471 EJ Menu Options Destination Route Information Settings SAA1591 START UP SCREEN models with navigation system When you push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen When you read and agree with the warning push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button you will not be able to
15. b Mood Categories Number of saved tracks and their categories Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music Upbeat Music and Others are displayed c Deleted Items Information about the de leted tracks is displayed d Search Missing Titles If titles are not displayed for CDs that have been recorded titles can be acquired using one of the following methods Retrieve from HDD Searches the title using the database in the hard disk Retrieve from CF Searches the title from the information acquired on the Internet Visit www infi niti com for details Transfer Missing Titles to CF Transfers the information of the album recorded without titles to a CompactFlash card Visit www infiniti com for details e Music Box Settings See Music Box set tings later in this section f CDDB Version the version of the built in Gracenote Database is displayed 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box gt Audio Text Track Set Mood Delete Track Edit Info Remove Track SAA1688 Text Refer to the following information for each item Set Mood Set the mood category of the track to Re laxing Music Lively Music Slow Music or Upbeat Music e Delete Track Delete the track being played Edit Info Edit the name of the track being played and its artist using the keypad displayed on
16. 01181111 222388 Please continue or say Dial Pushing the ENTER switch also dials the number amp To pause push the TALK switch SAA1915 5 Speak 01181111222333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the Inter national Number input process 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated The Alternate Command Mode enables the op eration of the display audio and climate con trol through Voice Recognition When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK e switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased You can turn this mode ON or OFF In the Alternate Command Mode review the expanded command list for this mode as some commands available in the Standard Mode are replaced Please see the examples on the screen i Settings gt Others Comfort amp Conv Voice Recognition Language Units Adjust voice recognition settings SAA1916 Settings gt Voice Recognition
17. Ce button Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions at tached to the disc Top Menu DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Each title menu in the disc will be shown For details see the instructions attached to the disc Audio DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button To turn off the subtitle push and hold the ENTER button until a beep sounds 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Surround Information DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD CD DA Models equipped with BOSE Surround Sound System Select the Surround Information key and push the ENTER button The surround informa tion screen will appear Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen Display Mode DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button again Angle DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and push the ENTER button When the side or side is selected the angle will change Angle Mark DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO When this item is turned on an angle mark will
18. Display the commands of voice recognition SAA1601 For Canada Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Voice Recognition settings models with navigation system The Voice Recognition key will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and pushing the ENTER button Then select the Voice Recognition key and push the ENTER button to show the Voice Recognition setting menus For details about the INFINITI Voice Recognition sysytem see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section i Settings gt Language Units Select Language Select Units E Select Units Tire Pressure SAA1816 With navigation system Language Units settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Language Units key with the INFINITI con troller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Language Units key Select Language Choose the Select Language key and push the ENTER button From the following display select English Fran ais or Espa ol if so equipped for your favorite display appearance 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Select Units Choose the Select Units key and push
19. Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information ST10397B VK45DE engine See ce ST10425 VQ35DE engine WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel 19 x 8 1 2 1 97 50 Spare Conventional Conventional T type 17 x 4T 1 18 30 Tire Type Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold Conventional P245 45R18 33 230 245 40R19 Conventional Conventional Spare T type 1145 80D17 60 420 Technical and consumer information 9 9 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length without front license plate in mm with front license plate in mm Overall width in mm Overall height in mm Front tread in mm Rear tread in mm Wheelbase in mm Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR lb kg Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR Front lb kg Rear lb kg 1 Two Wheel Drive 2WD model 2 All Wheel Drive AWD model 3 P245 45R18 tire equipped model 4 245 40R19 tire equipped model 9 10 Technical and consumer information 194 0 4 928 194 3 4 935 70 9 1 802 59 4 1 510 1 60 1 1 527 2 60 5 1 537 1 3 60 3 1 532 1 4 61 1 1 551 2 61 0 1 550 1 3 60 8 1 545 1 4 60 7 1 543 2 114 2 2 900 See the F M V S S or C M V S S certification label on the driver s side center pillar WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you
20. When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Lift Steering Wheel on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the pre vious position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Default Select this item push the ENTER button and choose YES if you want to return all settings to the default Settings gt Voice Recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation F Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback SAA1906 For U S Settings gt Voice Recognition Command List Minimize Voice Feedback Voice Command Learning User Guide
21. Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www infiniti com for U S customers or ww w infiniti ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 23 MEMO 9 24 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 50 AUX DULION es sk ob RS Se He 4 24 Adaptive front lighting system AFS 2 31 Advanced air bag system Aiming control Adaptive front lighting system CAFS ice eddies hy Se Re vd aes EA 2 31 Air bag system Advanced air bag system 1 40 Front passenger air bag and status GENE sagas te Sat asst By Geen 1 42 Air bag warning labels 1 47 Air bag warning light 1 48 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner service 4 36 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 36 Automatic climate control 4 32 In cabin microfilter 4 36 Operation See automatic climate control
22. lt HORN once HORN none HORN none roe button When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator Hazardindicator mode flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD ee AND DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK OPEN m ioan mone TORN HORN MODE Push door handle request HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none Push a for more than 2 sec HAZARD once switch or trunk open re HORN once quest switch a t P HAZARD 3 ti Push 2 f than 2 Push or HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none imes ee ga more ere lt LP sizaro moicaron wone Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 HOOD L BA SPA2446 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood slowly close the hood down to latch both the right and left locks Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments A WARNING e Makesure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID A WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow
23. Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 i Information gt Command List i Information gt Command List Phone Redial Dial Number Phonebook Outgoing Calls Navigation Commands Phone Commands Audio Commands Vehicle Information Commands Climate Commands Incoming Calls Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Available when mode is selected SAA1901 SAA2031 5 Highlight a category using the INFINITI 6 Highlight an item using the INFINITI con controller and push the ENTER button troller and push the ENTER button 7 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands Navigation Commands See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Phone Commands COMMAND ACTION Redials the phone number last dialed Dial Number Dials the phone number given in the command Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history 1 to 5 Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history 1 to 5 Audio Commands Music Box COMMAND ACTION Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system Radio COMMAND ACTION Turns the radio on s
24. P 2 32 2 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 23 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS switch if so equipped P 2 31 2 2 Instruments and controls Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 37 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 29 Steering wheel mounted controls left side 12 13 14 15 ENTER switch if so equipped P 4 8 P 4 60 For audio system P 4 60 For phone system P 4 76 P 4 87 P 4 97 For voice recognition system if so equipped P 4 111 P 4 135 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 27 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 22 Lane Departure Prevention LDP switch if so equipped P 5 14 Hood release handle P 3 16 10 Tih Trunk lid release switch P 3 17 Lane Departure Warning LDW switch if so equipped P 2 36 P 5 14 Intelligent Key port P 5 8 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 21 Steering wheel Horn P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 34 Automatic Transmission AT selector lever P 5 10 INSTRUMENT PANEL le est und SS pa ONUA AHON I ez e A f IUT SIC3551 6 Automatic climate control system Side ventilator P 4 31 P 4 32 Meters and gau
25. PAIRING PROCEDURE Main menu Setup A Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone Push the button on the steering wheel The system announces the avail able commands Say Setup The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Pair phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say New phone The system ac knowledges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone op erate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for de tails You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones 5 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system asks you to assign a priority level Th
26. See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Audio Help Music Box COMMAND Music Box Play Play by Mood Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music Upbeat Music My Favorites Hit Songs Kids Songs Rarely Played Music Box OFF Turns off the Music Box hard drive Available when the Music Box mode is selected Play by Category Plays the specified song in the specified category Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 137 Radio NOTE Radio OFF and Radio Menu commands are available when the radio mode is selected 4 138 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Satellite COMMAND ACTION Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on selecting the station and band last played Satellite Radio Station lt 1 255 gt Tunes to the specified SAT frequency NOTE Radio OFF and Radio Menu commands are available when the radio mode is selected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 139 DVD if so equipped COMMAND DVD Play DVD Stop Track lt 1 99 gt Chapter lt 1 999 gt Title lt 1 99 gt Title lt 1 99 gt Chapter lt 1 999 gt Group lt 1 9 gt Group lt 1 9 gt Track lt 1 99 gt Menu Skip Menu Skip OFF DVD OFF DVD Menu NOTE DVD commands except DVD Play are available when the DVD mode is selected 4 140 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems N
27. When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow When driving without normal tire condi tions for example tire wear low tire pressure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspension parts e Ifthe LDP system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will illuminate e If the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe loca tion and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the LDP system checked by an INFINITI dealer Excessive noise will interfere with the warn ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard The functions of the LDP system warning and brake control assist may or may not operate properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane markers covered with water dirt or snow etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharply contrast ing objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDP system could detect
28. then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 sec onds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display DISC When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played using the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth between CD and medium mise or ALIN CD PLAY Text When the Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title Track title CD with MP3 or WMA Folder title File title Song title Album title e Artist If your vehicle is equipped with the AUDIO TEXT B button on the center multi function control panel push this button while the CD is being played to show the music information 4a S FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the gt gt I fast forward or 44 rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds TRACK Dl 4 48 Monitor cl
29. then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use A CAUTION e The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended e Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter SIC2776B REAR To open the ashtray lid pull To empty the ashtray and pull out Instruments and controls 2 39 STORAGE CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident 2 40 Instruments and controls SIC2777B SIC2778B Front To open the cup holder push the lid down and release it To remove the inner tray for cleaning pull it up as illustrated Rear Type A Rear Type A Push the button as illustrated on the rear center armrest to use the cup holder SIC2875 SIC2779B SIC2780B Rear Type B Type B Open the lid of the rear center armrest to use the cup holder SUNGLASSES HOLDER WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driv ing to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push 4 CA
30. 1 20 Child restraint installation using the seat HeliSvsciccscscteswateciesse rose aanp seeders 1 24 Booster Seats ssssrsssssieiers rossa Erissa Se eae s 1 30 Precautions on booster seats 00 1 30 Booster seat installation 000 1 32 Supplemental restraint system 000 1 34 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYStE Mi poneren inenen aba a E ens isp raleierayaeaieie aves 1 34 INFINITI advanced air bag system front ET S EE E AET 1 40 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag SYStEMS si cosas EE R ET shee wacaie Ws 1 45 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 46 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 47 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 48 Repair and replacement procedure 1 48 SEATS Sit upright and well back SS0133 A WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT
31. 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air condi tioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climb ing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radia tor before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leak ing the drive belts are missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reser voir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please
32. 3 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors SSS0649 SSS0639 SSS0650 Rear facing rigid mounted step 3 Rear facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor at tachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tighten ing the webbing of the anchor attach ments Rear facing step 5 5 Before placing the child in the child re straint hold the child restraint near the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 6 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 4 t
33. Add a voicetag SAA1576 4 Select the Transfer via Bluetooth key and push the ENTER button in order to register your cellular phone memory in the phonebook Operate the cellular phone to send a person s name and phone number from the memory of the cellular phone The memory sending procedure from the cel lular phone varies according to each cel lular phone manufacturer See the cellular phone Owners Manual for more details 6 After the memory is registered in the phonebook the system will ask if you want to add a voicetag for it If you want to add a voicetag select the YES key on the Add a voicetag screen For ex ample if the partner s name is David speak David after a tone The David voicetag is stored in the phonebook Voic etags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this sec tion page 4 111 When the phonebook registration is com pleted the screen will return to the name list of the phonebook 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To confirm the stored voicetags select the Voicetag Directory key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Transfer via Bluetooth in step 4 a
34. If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available that is compatible with the installed seat belts The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI dealer for assistance if an extender is required A WARNING Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts Adults and children who can use the stan dard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in seri ous personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not se cured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e Toclean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckle
35. Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance control MOE viisceceieessreeseeaeregeae newes 5 24 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode perati Messen s a E NENS 5 26 Conventional FIXED SPEED cruise control ModE earna dence CEE S rene cowed eee 5 39 Icc system preview function 000 5 42 Break in SChedUl c65 ss cessedidawdsiadasiadeewedes 5 43 Increasing fuel economy cece eee ee eens 5 43 All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 44 Parking parking on hills eee eee eee eee 5 45 Power steering sessirnar iin aussie le dae a eases 5 46 Brake System resines e venirent s neue yee ons eau 5 46 Braking precautions cs cece eee eee 5 46 Parking brake break in cece eee eee 5 47 Brake assist oi ocsserene aes discs aseew ae a saree ds ra 5 47 Brake aSSISt i sisdiee cases ten Enne naan ST EERE 5 47 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 2ee eee 5 47 Anti lock braking system ABS 5 50 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 51 Rear active steer system if so equipped 5 52 Cold Weather driving sessssscsesssssrsewnssesrsssa 5 53 Freeing a frozen door lock ee eee eee 5 53 ANUIHCOZG s cersoreseci ee teeeseneacaadcsenaees 5 53 Batte Nenen O E a 5 53 Draining of coolant water ssssssessessess 5 53 Tike eguipment ssri cag cdis eeewciey cadet ewes 5 53 S
36. SIC3602 VDC OFF SIC1881 For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn on the SNOW mode switch The indicator light on the switch will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin Turn off the SNOW mode for normal driving The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 37 CLOCK POWER OUTLET SIC2772 SIC2773 If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the but ton 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see HO
37. Settings gt Phonebook 1 Nore Add New 4m 2 Nore Add New 3 None Add New 4 None Add New SAA1574 2 Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phones and push the ENTER button 3 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for the details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instruc tions on pairing INFINITI recommended cel lular phones When the pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the phonebook 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button 2 Select the Phonebook key and push the ENTER button 3 Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phonebook and push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Settings gt Phonebook Enter Data by Keypad Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Copy from Incoming Call Logs Transfer via Bluetooth w SAA1575 Settings gt Transfer via Bluetooth M
38. Trip Computer Maintenance SAA1805 Without navigation system 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Choose an item using the INFINITI control ler and push the ENTER button 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFORMATION menu See the separate Navigation System Owners Manual for the following items Traffic Info Where am GPS Satellite Info C Information gt Fuel Economy Distance to Empty Average Fuel Economy 10 20 Gowe Reset Car Fuel Economy Record SAA1546 UUUUUUU Reset Interval Latest SAA1547 Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy shown on the right side bar will be displayed for reference To reset the Average Fuel Economy use the INFINITI controller to highlight the Reset key and push the ENTER button If the View key is highlighted with the INFINITI controller and the ENTER button is pushed the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric S
39. Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Gi Information gt User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice S recognition system push the CO TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone 17 own SAA1904 Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Highlight Getting Started and push the ENTER button 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Voice Recognition Gi Information gt User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background F sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid long pauses between words Say commands after the tone lf you find that the system has difficulty recognizin
40. When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off Starting and driving 5 33 If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle 5 34 Starting and driving SSD0462 When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indi cator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Turn the MAIN switch off Both the ON OFF switch indicator and set vehicle speed indi cator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push a
41. When the Lane Departure Warning LDW or Lane Departure Prevention LDP system is on the chime sounds if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEMS in the 5 Starting and driving section for more details DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY RPMx1000 SIC3611 The dot matrix liquid crystal display is located under the tachometer and it displays the Automatic Transmission AT position indi cator the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped information and the Intelligent Key operation information For detailed information about each system see the following sections Automatic Transmission AT WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AU DIBLE REMINDERS earlier in this section DRIVING THE VEHICLE in the 5 Start ing and driving section e Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section e Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 21 SIC2765 2 22 Instruments and controls INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator igni
42. able through INFINITI Voice Recognition For advanced operation you can change to an Alternate Command Mode that enables the op eration of the display audio and climate con trol through INFINITI Voice Recognition When this mode is active an expanded list of com mands can be spoken after pushing the TALK i switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE later in this section for de tails about Alternate Command Mode To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See SPEAKER ADAPTATION FUNC TION later in this section Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instru
43. e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions pro hibit the use of cellular telephones while driving If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone op erational mode if so equipped is highly rec ommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Ifaconversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules e Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system har ness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness e Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM for U S A WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle ina safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full at tention to vehicle operation while talking o
44. iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compact Disc CD CompactFlash CF with MP3 or WMA Explanation of terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD CF can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file e Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second e Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media
45. onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or re lease air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare COLD TIRE INFLATION SIZE PRESSURE FRONT P245 230 kPa ORIGINAL 45R18 96V 35 PSI 230 kPa TIRE 35 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE P245 230 kPa 45R18 96V 35 PSI 230 kPa 35 PSI SPARE T145 420 kPa TIRE 80D17 60 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 P215 60R16 94H P 215 60 R 16 94 H etree tet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SDI1575 SD11606 Example Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamen tal characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in
46. 4 32 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system 2 25 Alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 All wheel drive AWD 5 44 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 13 Ambient temperature Air conditioner 4 35 ANTON aae ea a aa ae aie we Gy Be 4 63 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 50 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light ss eaten ear aw ee eae ge e A 2 13 Appearance care Exterior appearance care 7 2 Interior appearance care 7 4 ANIMNOSE ja arga at ah a eras Th ere Sco wl Bee eh a 1 6 Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 39 Audible reminders 2 20 Audio operation precautions 4 37 Audio system 2 2 eee ee eee 4 37 Audio system Steering wheel audio CONOIS o ii i coh dons farcical bh So eh eek Sap toe 4 60 Autolight system 04 2 30 Automatic Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Climate control 4 32 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Automatic drive positioner 3 25 Automatic seat positioner 3 25 Avoiding collision and rollover 55 B Battery se ser ie i cies ley were dee 0 os ee dao 8 16 Battery Battery saver system 2 31 Variable voltage control system 8 18 Before starting the engine 5 9 Belts See drive belts 8 18 Booster seatS o e sieo eot a a ee ee ees 1 30 Brake
47. 5 2 Three way catalyst eee eee ee eee eee ee 5 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 55 All Wheel Drive AWD driving safety precautions for AWD models 00088 5 6 Push button ignition switch ee eee eee 5 6 Push button ignition switch positions 5 7 Intelligent key battery discharge 5 8 Before starting the engine eee eee eee 5 9 Starting the engine cece eee eee eee eens 5 9 Driving th Vehicle iiss sx sais vette weeneciw aca nee s 5 10 Automatic transmission cess eens 5 10 Parking Drake wiisiccscscsceceteaeescaacaadareree aire 5 13 Lane departure warning LDW prevention LDP systems if so equipped eee eee eee eee 5 14 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 14 Lane departure prevention LDP system 5 16 Lane camera unit maintenance 5 20 Cruise CONTOl ius cise es sede saed cess acre nels core 5 20 Precautions on cruise control 04 5 20 Cruise control operations eee eens 5 21 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so CQUIPPEG icici scccerseatewaee se ei se aiseanna 5 22 Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance controll mode v5 5 5 vawerswceesewwnya sansa 5 23 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 24
48. 5 22 Starting and driving To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system au tomatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed e Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode For cruising at a preset speed A WARNING Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid se rious injury or death do not rely on the sys tem to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions Inthe conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode a warning buzzer will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a
49. Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada Amines a SCE0561 Two Wheel Drive 2WD models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illus trated A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is neces sary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by selecting the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism In case of emergency 6 13 All Wheel Drive AWD models All Wheel Drive AWD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on t
50. ENTER button Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob BOSE Centerpoint if so equipped When this item is turned to ON an exciting surround sound is generated from a traditional stereo recording BOSE AudioPilot if so equipped When this item is turned to ON AudioPilot monitors noise in the passenger compartment with a microphone and compensates for any unpleasant noise Surround Volume if so equipped To adjust the surround sound volume select Surround Vol and adjust it with the INFINITI controller Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are empha sized and midrange sound is played naturally Speed Sensitive Vol if so equipped Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from OFF 0 to 5 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Display Auto Day E Mey oN oN ECTE l Contrast E Background Color E SAA1813 With navigation system Display settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key wi
51. If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See BRAKE FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System 2 14 Instruments and controls ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by an INFINITI dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section A WARNING e Your brake system may not be working prop erly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel Ifthe brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid re
52. If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK amp switch The mes sage Voice cancelled will be announced Push the TALK switch to pause the operation Push the TALK we switch again to restart the operation If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone num bers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two
53. Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Remove Paired Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the paired list Paired Phone List Up to 5 registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently being connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system Edit Phone Name Rename the registered cellular phones using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 135 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone System fails to interpret the com 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the mand correctly vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands w
54. SPA2450 Type B Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it auto matically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Type A Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the switch again to turn the system on Type B Push the o switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For the compass if so equipped operation see COMPASS in the 2 Instruments and con trols section For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANS CEIVER in the 2 Instruments and controls section gt Ge poo A A D SPA2214 OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the
55. TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SS0638 Front facing step 7 7 Before placing the child in the child re straint hold child restraint near the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to prop erly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles 8 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 4 through 7 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using LATCH 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the upright and rearmost posi tion See REAR SEATS earlier in this section Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0648 Rear facing webbing mounted step 3
56. The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC OFF switch pushed and the VDC system turned off all VDC systems will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system is activated the SLIP indicator will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diag nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction Starting and driving 5 51 WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent acci dents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If susp
57. To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS we CCL rn SAA1100 Front SAA1101 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators I this symbol indicates that the vents are closed Ml This symbol indicates that the vents are open AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A WARNING The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal in juries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system When the STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON earlier in this section 4 32 Monitor climate
58. Two positions for the drivers seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors to the desired posi tions by manually operating each adjust ing switch For additional information see 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SEATS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and TILTING TELESCOPIC STEER ING COLUMN page 3 21 and OUTSIDE MIRRORS earlier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Procedure for storing the outside mirror positions for best visibility at reverse tilt down feature Two outside mirror positions for backing up can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Do not start the engine 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second to operate the automatic drive positioner 4 Turn the o
59. Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking DUDS iss aecss sae tities tentw nodose 2 13 Warning Wight ci 3c se aelevsgide wecaente asus 2 13 Indicator lights s 3icc0ccssscesceaesasaaeveaes 2 18 Audible reminders eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 21 Indicators for operation cece eee eee 2 22 SECUNILY SYSTEMS ec sess cea ved a nE ETE Seca ees 2 24 Vehicle security syStem cece eee eee eee 2 24 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system 2 25 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 27 Rain sensing auto wiper system 6 2 28 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Xenon headlights ccc eee eee eee eee 2 29 Headlight switch ccc0ssssecssaesdsresveess 2 29 Turn signal switch cece eee eee eee eee 2 33 Fog light SWitCh ii sccicccsscicecccaesasaceveans 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch 006 2 33 OFM esecseeistice asa eeiespaarete unrar S ESEE EENEN ESETE 2 34 Heated seats rear seats if so equipped 2 34 Climate controlled seats front seats 2 35 Lane departure warning LDW switch if so CQUIP POO eirinen nerean E EE EES 2 36 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 2 37 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 37 ClOCK E ees eaten dea dedasaa reas 2
60. You can also obtain other information about mo tor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas or provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M_ test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction
61. and it turns off when the engine is started Operating vehicle to vehicle distance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch on The cruise indicator light set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting Starting and driving 5 31 SSD0679 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indica tor set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed The Intelligent Cruise Control system cannot be set under the following conditions even if the SET COAST switch is pushed When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h speed range e While the brakes are applied by the driver When pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE switch without a set speed in memory 5 32 Starting and driving When the windshield wipers are operating at low speed LO or high speed HI When the rain sensing auto wiper system is operated and the wiper speed is at least the same as the LO low position speed When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is switched off When the SNOW mode switch is turned on SSD0461 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation A
62. be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD CD DA Select the 10 Key Search key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Title Search DVD VIDEO The scene with the specified title will be dis played the number of times the side or side is selected Group Search DVD AUDIO The scene with the specified group will be displayed the number of times the or side is selected Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number you wish to search for and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER button The specified scene will be played Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on DVD Language DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the pre ferred langua
63. front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For additional information see SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible 2 18 Instruments and controls INDICATOR LIGHTS AFS Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light will illuminate The light will turn off in about 1 second if the AFS is operational This light also comes on when the AFS is turned off by pushing the OFF side of the AFS switch If the AFS indicator light blinks it may indicate the AFS is no
64. if there is something that your INFINITI dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please contact our INFINITI s Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to INFINITI with the information on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys
65. in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS A WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this pro vides greater safety in the event of an acci dent by helping to prevent persons from be ing thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintention ally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1999 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the drivers door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Monitor cli mate audio phone an
66. only by means of the intended End User func tions of this device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERV ERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license termi nates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Soft ware and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The Gracenote MusiclD Service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical pur poses The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusicID service to count queries without know ing anything about who you are For more informat
67. push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal dis play in the tachometer See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instru ments and controls section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key in serted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery Starting and driving 5 7 SSD0447 SSD0448 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port A blinks and the indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key in
68. s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu nication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from INFINITI rec ommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phonebook all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phonebook say a name or All entries when prompted by the system The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back number when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirmation If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the syst
69. shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations PR
70. the automatic return function will activate When a rear door is opened the rear seat of the corresponding side automatically slides all the way back facilitating ease of entry and exit Pushing the CANCEL side of the switch will deactivate the automatic return function HEAD RESTRAINTS A WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat LA SSS0228A SSS0287 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down To adjust the head restraint angle 2 push it in the direction required front seat head re straints Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SS0508 FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS A WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the Active Head Restraint e Active Head Restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could impair Active Head Restraint function The Active Head Restrain
71. the command and makes the call When you enter the phone number other than in the 3 3 4 digit format you can say the command international to have more options For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section RECEIVING A CALL When you hear the ringtone press the e button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ringtone press the button on the steering wheel to reject the call For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section F Phone Main Manu m Y 3L gt H Call M Setup ilf Phonebook l Help fi Memopad Exit Phone Mode a Exit Phone Mode SAA1926 LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS When you push and release the button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is wait ing for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time while the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the 4 102 Monitor climate audio
72. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hy droplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the ma terial of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A rep resent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum re quired by law Technical and consumer information 9 19 A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and pos sible tire failure 9 20 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emis sion warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance W
73. Adaptation Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which takes a few seconds When com pleted the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly When the climate control is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words SAA1113 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK switch located on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 B Voice Recognition m Y ENS ill Address GH Places 44 Dial Number 44 Phonebook tij Help amp To show additional commands say Help SAA1932 2 A list of commands appe
74. Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 50 Brake fluid oai ea maa ioe lo dws Bae aE 8 15 Brake system 000 5 46 Parking brake operation 5 13 Brake warning light 2 14 Break in schedule 4 5 43 Brightness control and display ON OFF butt n races hie tet wren ws Rag dene 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 32 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 28 c CD CF care and cleaning 4 59 Cabin dir filter 0 occas a oe saw taa 4 36 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 00008 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 75 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 43 CargoNet coa Gk Si a BAG Si eS eae g 2 43 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 2 Center multi function control panel 4 4 Child restraints gosean ek we secre gas 1 15 Child restraints Booster seats 5 568 ea ee eee es Installation using LATCH Installation using the seat belts LATCH SYSTEM ene se Xv ae ee aes Precautions on child restraints 1 15 Top tether strap 1 19 Child safety pae paunan ee es ss 1 10 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes Audible reminders 2 20 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 39 Circuit breaker Fusible link 8 25 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Climate control Automatic climate COMO scent Sot oe eo We owe wed 4 32 4 33
75. CE1089 A Jack up point 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head be tween the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground In case of emergency 6 5 SCE0504 SCE0039 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 6 6 Incase of emergency 3 Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the se quence as illustrated 0 more than 2 times until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the t
76. COLLISION AND ROLLOVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also in struct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is signifi cantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces co ordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol in
77. Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation F Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback E Change the operation mode SAA1917 i Information Fuel Economy Traffic Info Where aml Tire Pressure Trip Computer GPS Satellite Info Maintenance SAA1803 Activating Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key and push the ENTER button 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the fol lowing procedure for displaying the voice com mand list available only in Alternate Command Mode Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key us ing the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button You can skip steps 1 to 3 above if you say Help Highlight the Command List key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button
78. HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficul ties please contact the INFINITI Consumer Af fairs Department The phone numbers are lo cated in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 53 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds 2 54 Instruments and controls REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both
79. INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Sagoids combing d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs TTT U FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES DE TAILS SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUGTELR SDI1948 Tire and Loading Information label Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer informa Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be Doa tion section seated in the vehicle 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufac turer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling drive ability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see TIRE LABELING later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped SDI1949 Checking the tire pressure is Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely
80. Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern an INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelera tor pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine run ning Technical and consumer information 9 21 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission selector lever in the P Park
81. LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intel ligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then close the trunk e Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door e The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section SPA2424 SPA2425 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the
82. Own 13 DISC AUX selector button P 4 24 er s Manual Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 C 20 F 3 INFINITI controller P 4 6 and above 158 C 70 F Operating this system 4 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone under these conditions may result in system System button P 4 76 P 4 87 malfunctions 5 OFF brightness control and dis play ON OFF button P 4 9 10 INFO vehicle and navigation informa tion button P 4 10 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 FUEL ECON e 6 7 SETTING INFO i SAA1097 10 11 SAA1801 Without navigation system DISP display setting button P 4 10 P 4 18 RADIO AM FM band selector button P 4 37 INFINITI controller P 4 6 4 STATUS status display button P 4 9 OFF brightness control and dis play ON OFF button P 4 9 TRIP trip computer button P 4 10 P 4 12 FUEL ECON button P 4 10 P 4 11 8 AUX button P 4 24 9 DISC selector button P 4 25 P 4 37 10 INFO vehicle information button P 4 10 11 SETTING button P 4 17 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not run ning ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all t
83. R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not de tect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground A WARNING The rear view camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper backing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor dif fer from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite like ones viewed in the inside and outside mirrors Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the Rear View Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is installed above the license plate e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water conden sation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause d
84. SCE0505 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire Close the trunk A WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured af ter use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop In case of emergency 6 7 The T type spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada 6 8 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed A WARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe in jury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into con tact with eyes skin clothing or painted sur faces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into
85. SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information ST10493 STI0422 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown ST10493 STI0495 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at Loading Information label affixed to the pillaras tached as shown illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 13 Mounting holes f Bumper hte amp Grommet a lt SS Screw grommet License plate bracket Flat blade screwdriver Rear surface of the license plate bracket eed Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole 9 14 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in
86. SET indicator light will turn off c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE and SET indicator lights will turn off e Ifyou depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 12 km h below the set speed Starting and driving 5 21 e If you move the selector lever to the N Neutral position the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h
87. SS10369 1 Hood P 3 16 2 Headlight and turn signal lights Switch operation P 2 29 Bulb replacement P 8 28 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped P 2 31 Windshield wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 27 Blade replacement P 8 21 Window washer fluid P 8 16 Moonroof P 2 46 Power windows P 2 43 0 OND 10 11 Recovery hook P 6 15 License plate installation P 9 14 Fog lights P 2 33 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 32 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 2 15 P 5 3 Outside mirrors P 3 23 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Security system P 2 24 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 8 6 Rear view camera if so equipped P 4 25 7 Back up lights Bulb replacement P 8 28 8 Rear combination lights Bulb replacement P 8 28 9 Child safety rear door locks P 3 6 S10370 1 Trunk Trunk lid P 3 16 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 2 High mounted stop light Bulb replacement P 8 28 3 Rear window defroster P 2 28 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Satellite radio antenna if so equipped P 4 38 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 19 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT S10371
88. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0645 Front facing webbing mounted step 3 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors 4 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child re straint fit See HEAD RESTRAINTS ear lier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is re moved If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfer SSS0646 SSS0647 ing with the proper child restraint fit try Front facing rigid mounted step 3 another seating position or a different child Front facing step 5 restraint 5 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor at tachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tighten ing the webbing of the anchor attach ments 6 If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See
89. The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is canceled 2 46 Instruments and controls SIC2785A Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the OPEN side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the CLOSE side Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the OPEN or CLOSE 2 side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Auto reverse function A WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be de tected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before clos ing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the igni
90. The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air con ditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condi tioning system service Your INFINITI dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm cu in cm Displacement Firing order Idle speed rpm Ignition timing B T D C Spark plug degree rpm Standard Service Hot operation Cold Spark plug gap in mm Normal Camshaft operation VK45DE Gasoline 4 cycle 8 cylinder V slanted at 90 3 661 x 3 256 93 0 x 82 7 274 2 4 494 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 See the emission control information label on the un derside of the hood PLFR5A 11 PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 11 0 043 1 1 Timing chain VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 45 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 PLFR5A 11 PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 11 0 043 1 1
91. Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters al low the seat belt to release webbing if neces sary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light a will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pretensioner may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0330 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supple
92. a ee Rew 3 25 Event data recorders 9 22 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Changing engine oil and filter 8 12 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Flat tire ma sii Ge Arena SRG a we 6 2 FlattOWINS a ario 3 nce Gian s aoa eR widow av 9 18 Floor mat cleaning 7 4 FUCISCAU SC ua hvac eh Ge eB aa 2 7 Ignition switch Push button 5 6 Fluid Odomet r sacras nema aaa SO 2 6 Ignition switch Automatic transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Speedometer 4 2 6 MOCEIS E see seed e Sea A eS 5 10 Brake fluid ssas caa bed ewe ee wes 8 15 Tachometer sss eae ee hae ea ws 2 6 Immobilizer system 2 25 Capacities and recommended fuel General maintenance 0 8 2 In cabin microfilter 2 4 36 lubricants s oa co eee cae ae See oe di vo ape 9 2 GIOVE DOK iia ke aos ea ee ok a 2 41 Indicator lights 0 2 18 Engine coolant 8 10 Indicator Dot matrix display 2 21 Engine oil 1 eee ee eee eee 8 11 Inside mirror sasear saa ee 3 22 Power steering fluid 8 15 H Instrument brightness control 2 32 Window washer fluid 8 16 Instrument panel naonnaon nunnana 2 3 Fog light switch bt eee es 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Intelligen
93. air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate ina crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it coul
94. and adjustments 3 17 G ANCE e 2 SPA2429 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the CANCEL position the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to CANCEL and lock the glove box with the me chanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See KEYS earlier in this section To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position SPA2016 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a dis charged battery Releasing inside the tru
95. and status light later in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 SSS0100 SSS0654 SSS0655 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat il Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the upright and rearmost position See REAR SEATS earlier in this section Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Rear facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt re tractor is in the Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode child restraint mode It rever
96. approximately 3 seconds The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously The outside chime sounds for ap proximately 3 seconds and all the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position The ignition switch is in the ACC po sition and the selector lever is not in the P Park position Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position Move the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is inside the ve Carry the Intelligent Key with you hicle or trunk The Intelligent Key is inside the ve s E Gale Sy rinsine Ane VE Carry the Intelligent Key with you A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch pushed before the door is closed after the door is closed The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you trunk doors unlock When pushing the door handle re quest switch to lock the door When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for ap proximately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments The outside chime sounds for ap proximately 2 seconds HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks and open the trunk lid using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless functio
97. audio phone and voice recognition systems f Status Audio OFF Driver Passenger SAA1817 You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature and air flow using each temperature control button and manual air flow control button DUAL mode FF AUTO PASSENGER 7 UPPER VENT 13 14 SS10095 MODE manual air flow control button driver side 2 Temperature control dial driver side 3 AUTO automatic climate control ON button W front defroster button automatic upper vent system ON OFF button A C air conditioner ON OFF button B fan speed increase button Temperature control dial passenger side 9 10 11 12 13 14 MODE manual air flow control button passenger side OFF button for climate control system EH rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIR ROR DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 In struments and controls section ay intake air control button DUAL zone control ON OFF button B fan speed decrease button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the in side temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the A
98. automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 sec onds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the igni tion switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button Pr on the Intel ligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as described above have it ch
99. by the voice recognition sys tem See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation sys tem later in this section page 4 135 When the phonebook registration is com pleted the screen will return to the name list of the phonebook To confirm the stored voicetags select the Voicetag Directory key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Transfer via Bluetooth in step 4 above Enter Data by Keypad Input the name and phone number manu ally using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth cellular phone The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cel lular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the outgoing call list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Copy from Incoming Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the incoming call list _ Delete Redial Call Phonebook Phone M Delete a contact that is registered in the phonebook Call Call Log
100. by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation if so equipped operation or in other operations Ringer Vol Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM later in this sec tion Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Beeps SAA1612 Beeps settings models without navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Phone settings models with navigation system For the details of Phone settings see BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM later in this sec tion Settings gt Clock D OCO OC A On screen Clock Clock Format Offset Adjust Daylight Saving Time Time Zone SAA1563 Clock settings models with navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Clock key with the INFIN
101. can be stored deleted edited SAA1918 4 Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system and push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 Navigation Audio Phone Vehicle info SAA1919 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list and then push the ENTER button Navigation Audio Phone Vehicle Info Others The voice commands in the category are displayed 6 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts 4 132 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems EZ Settings gt Speaker Adaptation M Q Music Box Changes the source of the audio system to the Music Box amp To end tutorial push the TALK switch for 2 seconds SAA1921 7 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from 3 to Se speak the command that the system re quested When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the amp switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have
102. cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard A WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automati cally Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possi bly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to at tempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Donotuse electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you ar
103. collision could occur CRUISE SSD0677 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode Push the MAIN switch A to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode C and the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see page 5 39 SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance con trol mode Q quickly push and release the MAIN switch Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode Starting and driving 5 23 VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system auto matically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust
104. compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 SDI1752 SDI1479A If a type fuse is used to replace a type ENGINE COMPARTMENT fuse the type fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse AREAUTION Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage securely rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or Type fuses cannot be installed in the under cause a fire hood fuse boxes Only use type fuses in the underhood fuse boxes If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned off 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Do VAN a E3 I SDI1753 Jo oo 00 SDI1833 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fu
105. control mode when driving under the following conditions when itis not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Starting and driving 5 39 CRUISE SET 2 CRUISE CRUISE 3 SSD0681 SSD0468 SSD0682 Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 SET COAST switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system 5 40 Starting and driving Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indicators The display is located under the tachometer 1 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is con trolled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 2 MAIN switch indicator light Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 3 Cruise control system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switc
106. dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelli gent Keys SPA2120A Sear SPA2427 SPA2428 TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch down as illustrated To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM page 3 6 TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch A when the Intelli gent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM earlier in this section OPENING WITH KEY To open the trunk lid insert the mechanical key to the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to the right side of the vehicle To close remove the key and push the trunk lid down TRUNK OPEN BUTTON The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the TRUNK OPEN button Key for more than 1 second on the Intelligent Pre driving checks
107. following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary However the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re main fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates the distance be tween vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h The system will also disengage below the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed See Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h When there is a
108. front passenger See SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use Small children Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lb 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed ina commercially available booster seat if the
109. function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags in flate the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and preten sioner system should be replaced by an INFINITI dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and pretensioner system should be inspected by an INFINITI dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incor rect disposal procedures could cause per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 2 Instruments and controls Cockpit ase cecdostensniaeneiea idu ney halide palenny 00 2 2 Instrument panel sis in55 serar sd dead reani e oes aware 2 3 Meters and gaugeS cece eee eee cece eee e ence 2 5 Speedometer and odometer 0000 2 6 TaChOMeteliscicsccvccissecavaesereeetane vegans 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Fuel gage iced ewer A CER EEESC CoE aR eS 2 7 Meter ring illumination and needle sweep 2 8 Compass if so equipped eee eee eee 2 9 Zone variation change procedure 2 10
110. in the travel lane as illustrated WARNING This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsi bility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Pre view Function never rely solely on this sys tem This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by de pressing the brake pedal in order to main tain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather condi tions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal condi tions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the sys tem sensor When strong light for example at sun rise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sen sor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a sma
111. indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train HomeLink completing the pro gramming may require a ladder and an other person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s mo tor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the an tenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the train ing button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For conve nience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener program button and firmly push and re lease the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any
112. ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words GIVING VOICE COMMANDS To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition push and release the amp button located on the steer ing wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e If acommand is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice e If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Cor rection anytime the system is waiting for a response e You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition VR session You can also push the button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancel
113. ing or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sud den stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could re sult in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Technical and consumer information 9 17 e Overloading can not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but can also cause unsafe vehicle han dling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire fail ure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not cov ered by the vehicle s warranty 9 18 Technical and consumer information MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These rat ings are given on the vehicle certifica tion label If weight ratings are ex ceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Your vehicle was designed to be
114. is turned to LOCK 9 NO KEY ID indicator This indicator appears when the ignition switch is pushed and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system with the ignition switch in the LOCK position If this indicator appears you cannot start the engine Check for the following causes and perform remedies e The battery of the Intelligent Key carried with you is discharged completely Replace the battery with a new one e The Intelligent Key carried with you is not registered to the system Use the registered Intelligent Key e You do not have an Intelligent Key with you Carry an Intelligent Key with you 10 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power Instruments and controls 2 23 If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 2 24 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows Vehicle security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activ
115. item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort amp Conv menu item 2 Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen i e Auto Interior Illumination etc UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections avail able for that screen i e 1 9 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted i e Cabin lighting when un locking doors VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio climate control system fuel consumption and naviga tion system if so equipped push the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS button is pushed Audio Audio and Climate control system Audio and fuel consumption Audio and Navi gation system if so equipped Audio HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 3 3 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI controller while the indicato
116. knob to the H Heat side or to the C Cool side The indicator light 8 on the control knob will illuminate Instruments and controls 2 35 3 Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob The climate controlled seat blower remains on low speed for approximately 60 seconds after turning the switch on or selecting the desired temperature 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the ve hicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate con trolled seat contact an INFINITI dealer A CAUTION e The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insu lates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated 2 36 Instruments and controls Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be re moved immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has an air filter Do not operate climate controlled seat with out an air filter This may result in damag
117. manual HO High beam indicator light blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on when the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch is pushed The light goes out when the MAIN switch is pushed again While the MAIN switch indicator light comes on the ICC system is operational m Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Lane Departure Prevention LDP system is turned on The light turns off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the lane departure warning light orange See Lane departure warning light earlier in this section For more details see LANE DEPARTURE WARN ING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEMS in the 5 Starting and driving section M Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14
118. minute Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked Opening any doors e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK rr button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2427 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park posi
119. on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifica tions where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve the emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC speci fications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are spe cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gaso line when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance prob lems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an oc tane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than
120. on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capa bilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before install ing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s sugges
121. one TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see COMMAND LIST earlier in this section 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the NOTE system fails to interpret the command correctly If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See BLUETOOTH HANDS voicetag FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this section page 4 87 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 151 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 68
122. or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed 9 22 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help ser vice technicians with diagnosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission con trol systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and air bag systems Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehi cle s computers sounds are not recorded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lease in re sponse to a request by law enforcement or as othe
123. phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Voice Recognition Command List Minimize Voice Feedback Voice Command Learning User Guide Display the commands of voice recognition SAA1601 VOICE COMMAND LEARNING FUNCTION The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recogni tion performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Command Learning key and then push the ENTER button Settings gt Voice Command Leaming A O User1 Hi User 2 3 O User3 E Learning result can be stored deleted edited SAA1606 i Settings gt Voice Command Leaming Setting Navigation Audio Phone Vehicle Info 16 own SAA1902 4 Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system and push the ENTER button Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list and then push the ENTER button Navigation Audio Phone Vehicle Info Others The voice commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command and then push the ENTER
124. phone and voice recognition systems VR session is canceled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the wt button on the steering wheel However if you press the f button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session AI Call m Y BL a lt Name gt af Callback ff lt Number gt ff Help H Redial amp Exit Phone Mode g Exit Phone Mode SAA1927 CALL lt Name gt speak name If you have stored entries in the Phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See PHONEBOOK later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phonebook entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the location Once you have confirmed the name and loca tion the system begins the call lt Number speak digits When prompted by
125. phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu nication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from INFINITI rec ommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phonebook entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone
126. position this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer When the engine is started the headlights will vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the AUTO when lighting 2242 or O position with the ignition switch in the ON position Turn the control to the darkening direction or the brightening direction 2 to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights When the control is turned to the upper end the light intensity will be at maximum When the control is turned to the lower end the light will be turned off HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH SIC2231 SIC2465 r SIC2574 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 22 position then turn the switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to Operate Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signa
127. s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems D 10 11 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND wt button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adap tation mode Press the button Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instruc tions provided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the but ton The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name The system will announce that speaker adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if These button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode e The vehicle is driven during SA mode e The ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook new entry dial three oh four two nine delet
128. seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Sit upright and well back Sit upright and well back S SS0132 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WARNING Thefront air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front p
129. see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI dealer Local service operators are familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental dam age to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator care fully read the following precautions A WARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the transmis sion axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is dam aged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing 6 12 In case of emergency For information about towing your vehicle be hind a recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOWING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D
130. should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline ve hicles must be operated with unleaded gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your ve hicle to another country state province or dis trict it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and regis tered its modifications transportation and reg istration are the responsibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Nene ST10431 ST10421 STI0266C VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment VK45DE engine ST10303B VQ35DE engine Technical and consumer information 9 11 ENGINE
131. surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice with out pausing between words Ifthe air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 SAA1113 es Voice Recognition ex Phone Navigation C Information 4 Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 GIVING VOICE COMMANDS 1 Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Naviga tion Information or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to speak a command ag Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating tips Say a command after the tone Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system
132. than the same mold ing on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construc tion An INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum ve hicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance
133. the 6 In case of emer gency section for tire replacing proce dures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation in terval WARNING e After rotating the tires check and ad just the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself BiAA SDI1663 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If exces sive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indica tors are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including th
134. the ENTER button From the following display se lect US Mile C MPG or Metric km F L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Select Units Tire Pressure Choose the Select Units Tire Pressure key and push the ENTER button From the following display select kPa or psi HOW TO USE AUX BUTTON Images being played can be switched to the center display if NTSC compatible devices are connected to the auxiliary input jacks on the rear side of the center console See AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS later in this section Push the DISC AUX with navigation AUX with out navigation button to perform switching Pushing the DISC AUX button for models with the navigation system will switch the displays as follows CD CompactFlash DVD AUX iPod Music Box CD if so equipped ee AUX gt Settings Display Mode Game SAA1567 With navigation system Display Mode The above display will appear when the Set ting key is selected using the INFINITI control ler and pushing the ENTER button Choose the display mode from the following Normal Wide Cinema HOW TO USE DISC BUTTON for models without navigation system Push the DISC button to play the Compact Disc CD See AUDIO SYSTEM later in this section REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the
135. the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section The category of the track can also be set to Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Listening New Age Soundtrack Gospel amp Religious World Classical Children s and Others e Remove Track Reset the mood setting of a track Restoring deleted data Deleted music data can be restored by perform ing the following 1 Select the Menu key and then the Music Box System Info key on the screen 2 Select the Deleted Items key and then the Album Track key 3 Select the Restore Album Track key to restore the deleted music data You can also listen to the beginning of each track that has been deleted by performing the following 1 Select the Menu key and then the Music Box System Info key on the screen 2 Select the Deleted Items key and then the Play Sample key Music Box gt Music Box Settings Automatic Recording Recording Quality 4 Title Text Priority _coog Delete ALL Music Box Data SAA1616 Music Box settings To set up the Music box hard disk drive audio system to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback Music Box Sys tem Info key and Music Box Setting
136. the front seat see BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat LRSO455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRSO453 LRSO464 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used e lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check
137. the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 111 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone System fails to interpret the com 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the mand correctly vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION ear The system consistently selects the lier in this section wrong voicetag 8 g 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sys
138. the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes VK45DE engine or 10 minutes VQ35DE engine for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil mainte nance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating condi tions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operat ing the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance intervals shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes VK45DE engine or 10 minutes VQ35DE engine 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle ja
139. the seat back and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts SUN VISORS SPA2018 TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER later in this section SPA2057 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 A CAUTION Do not store the main sun visor before stor ing the sub sun visor and the extension sun visor e Do not pull the sub sun visor and the exten sion sun visor forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 To block glare from the front swing down the sub sun visor 4 Draw out the extension sun visor G from the main sun visor to block from further glare 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS SPA2447 SPA2422A INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position Type A
140. the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system 5 24 Starting and driving SSD0676 SSD0695 PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the opera tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead A WARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the sys tem on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway O
141. the system say the number you wish to call See How to say numbers earlier in this section and MAKING A CALL BY ENTERING A PHONE NUMBER earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system an nounces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session International When you would like to enter a phone number other than in 3 3 4 digit format say interna tional When the system acknowledges this command the system will prompt you to speak the number you wish to enter During a call During a call there are several command op tions available Press the amp button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and ret
142. tion gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also avail able See OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating diffi culties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servic ing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS J kt 7 J F ery YIN TA SDI1816 VK45DE ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover un hook the clips located as illustrated 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself o e w u Fuse fusible link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir ON Engine coolant reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Radiator filler cap O ON Drive belt location 10 Engine oil dipstick SDI2154 11 Air cleaner Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 SDI1817 VQ35DE ENGINE To remove the engine compartment cover un hook the clips located as illustrated 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself 11 Air cleaner SDI2155 o e w u Fuse fusible link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake
143. to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing REAR SUNSHADE if so equipped Screen To clean fully extend the rear sunshade screen and clean dust or dirt off using a vacuum cleaner from the inside of the compartment See REAR SUNSHADE in the 2 Instruments and controls section for rear sunshade opera tion A CAUTION Be careful not to damage the screen while cleaning Cover Wipe the rear sunshade cover with a clean dry cloth A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any other neutral detergent as this may deform the cover CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exist
144. track or the beginning of the current track Pushing DOWN rear A N longer MZ UP front Disc change When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD CF if so equipped with MP3 WMA e Pushing DOWN rear WV UP front A N shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN rear WV UP front A N longer Folder change When the last folder on a disc is playing the next disc will be selected DVD if so equipped e Pushing DOWN rear shorter MZ UP front Next track chapter or the beginning of the current track chapter 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Pushing DOWN rear W A N longer UP front Next group title or the beginning of the current group title iPod if so equipped e Pushing DOWN rear A N shorter NY UP front Previous or next track Start Pause or Menu can be selected when the ENTER button is pushed e Pushing DOWN rear UP front A N longer Rewind or fast forward search Music Box hard disk drive audio system if so equipped e Pushing DOWN rear AN shorter NY UP front Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN rear A N longer NY UP front Playlist change When the last playlist is playing the nex
145. use the NAVI system To proceed to the NAVI system refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual START MENU models with navigation system The start menu can be displayed using the ENTER switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the map if so equipped or status screen is displayed push and hold the ENTER switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item tilting the ENTER switch up or down and then push the ENTER switch 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for details Information Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SET TING button Settings gt Comfort amp Conv amp w Auto Interior Illumination e Auto Headlights Sensitivity gO 0000 B Auto Headlights Off Delay E C 45s 0 E F F orn Cabin lighting when unlocking adors Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock 5 4 3 SAA1510 HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus Whenever a menu selection is made or menu
146. use the following DVD s as they may cause the DVD player to malfunction 3 1in 8 cm discs e DVD s with a region code other than 1 The region code A is displayed in a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD e DVD s that are not round e DVD s with a paper label e DVD s that are warped scratched or have unequal edges e Recordable digital video discs DVD R e Rewritable digital video discs DVD RW Display settings Front display To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Display key with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER button To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select each key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller Rear display To adjust the rear display mode push the DISP Display button on the remote control ler To adjust the display brightness tint color and contrast select each key using the joystick on the remote controller and tilt the joystick to right or left Push the BACK button to apply the settings and return to the previous display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 CETAN 1 1 33 WIDE STANDARD 5 1 ch GITAL cL Settings SAA1829 Operation screen DVD AUDIO PLAYING A DVD DI
147. windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power win dow system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the door 3 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Oper ate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 45 MOONROOF if so equipped A WARNING in an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moon roof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position
148. windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs ad justment see an INFINITI dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjust ers and retra
149. your desired maintenance items To set the maintenance interval for Reminders 1 to 4 choose an item using the INFINITI control ler and push the ENTER button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set Re minder 1 Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information i Information gt Reminder 1 6000 12000 18000 Reset Distance Interval Interval Reminder oO ON 1 L 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA1555 With navigation system Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule Set the interval mileage of the mainte nance schedule To determine the recom mended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To display the reminder automatically when the set trip distance is reached highlight the Interval Reminder key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button To return the display to MAINTENANCE INFO push the BACK button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Maintenance information display cannot be op erated when the vehicle is moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section SAA1611 The Reminder will
150. 1 1 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 32 2 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 23 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS switch if so equipped P 2 31 4 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 37 5 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 29 12 13 14 15 Steering wheel mounted controls left side ENTER switch if so equipped P 4 8 P 4 60 For audio system P 4 60 For phone system P 4 76 P 4 87 P 4 97 For voice recognition system if so equipped P 4 111 P 4 135 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 27 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 22 Lane Departure Prevention LDP switch if so equipped P 5 14 Hood release handle P 3 16 10 Tih Trunk lid release switch P 3 17 Lane Departure Warning LDW switch if so equipped P 2 36 P 5 14 Intelligent Key port P 5 8 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 21 Steering wheel Horn P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 34 Automatic Transmission AT selector lever P 5 10 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL le est und SS pa ONUA AHON I ez B Erenn a 12 13141516 17 18 19 20 SIC3551 Side ventilat
151. 1 Rear sunshade P 2 47 2 Rear personal lights P 2 49 3 Coat hooks P 2 43 Mobile Entertainment System MES if so equipped Flip down screen P 4 64 Digital Versatile Disc DVD drive P 4 64 Headphones P 4 65 DVD remote controller P 4 66 Door armrest Power window switches P 2 43 Power door lock switch P 3 5 Automatic drive positioner switch if so equipped P 3 25 Sun visors P 3 21 8 Front map lights P 2 49 10 11 12 13 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 46 Sunglasses holder P 2 41 Inside rearview mirror HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 51 Compass if so equipped P 2 9 Trunk pass through Rear armrest P 1 6 Rear seat controls if so equipped Rear power seat adjust switch P 1 4 Heated seat switches P 2 34 Automatic return ON CANCEL switch P 1 4 Rear sunshade control switch P 2 47 Rear passenger control switches if so equipped For climate control P 4 36 For audio system P 4 62 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 15 16 17 0 6 Rear cup holders P 2 40 Console box Power outlet P 2 38 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 63 DVD drive if so equipped P 4 64 iPod connection if so equipped P 4 50 Front cup holders P 2 40 Illustrated table of contents COCKPIT 910 1112 13 Pl 15 SIC360
152. 1 or later e iPod photo Firmware version 1 2 1 or later iPod nano Firmware version 1 2 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button re peatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the iPod DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists Artists e Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e MENU returns to the previous screen e Pll plays pauses the music selected FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the gt gt I or M4 button is pushed for more
153. 3 Warning Indicator lights P 2 12 4 Speedometer P 2 6 OOND Fuel gauge P 2 7 Meter illumination control knob P 2 8 Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 21 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 6 TRIP RESET knob for twin trip odometer P 2 6 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 11 Air cleaner P 8 20 Shown with the engine compartment access panels removed For removal and replacement instructions see ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section SD12154 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Coolant reservoir P 8 10 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 Drive belt location P 8 18 VK45DE ENGINE 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 2 Battery P 8 16 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Oo WAN DAW 0 10 Illustrated table of contents SDI2155 VQ35DE ENGINE 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 2 Battery P 8 16 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Oo WAN DW Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Coolant reservoir P 8 10 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Drive belt location P 8 18 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 11 Air cleaner P 8 20 Shown with the engine compa
154. 34a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see FUEL RECOMMENDATION later in this section 2 For additional information see ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 3 For additional information see ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION later in this section 4 If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 5 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 C 0 F 6 If Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent if available may also be used 7 Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid or DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 8 Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer 9 For additional information see VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION later in this section for air conditioner specification label Technic
155. 38 Adjusting the time cece cece cece ee eee 2 38 Power OUtlEbs iiisecasercairedsiees es ad da eae eee ne 2 38 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS eee 2 39 FROM si siececeicecie sraaree eds aes Ve ase satt esas unera 2 39 ROAM sie s rd gales da eacee tenik see ETER ESA EEEE 2 39 SOAS er Canaan EEEE E E A EDR S 2 40 CUP holders ssssisssissisccesiaeinsinsiieresis 2 40 Sunglasses holder cece eee e eee eee eee 2 41 GIOVE BOX b dscensigaidagaais waieuiedns eanucneeaineune 2 41 Vanity mirror lights sc6ssscccces cece caaswe cases s 2 50 Cargo net if so equipped Power windows Moonroof if so equipped Automatic moonroof Rear control cancel switch if so equipped Rear sunshade if so equipped Personal lights Interior light control switch Trunk lights cc siasccvserecvessc ass asencoase cavers 2 50 HomeLink universal transceiver 000 2 51 Programming HomeLink 0 eee eee 2 51 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOM ETS eris enno ies ars EEEE Ser eyaiere Gee gigas ees 2 53 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver seperese iania diae a a EES 2 53 Programming trouble diagnosis 2 53 Clearing the programmed information 2 54 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 54 If your vehicle is stolen cece eee eee 2 54 COCKPIT 910 1112 13 wu bs SIC3601 1 Instrument brightness control switch
156. 5 BACK switch Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not com pleted Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode Preset A Preset B Preset C Music Box if so equipped CD CompactFlash if so equipped DVD if so equipped and AUX e 571 xan TUNE are TEMP F z OL erama a2 SAA1108 Vp Wn Volume control switch Tune Track switch ON OFF switch Source SRC select switch Display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 REAR CONTROL SWITCHES FOR AUDIO if so equipped The audio system can also be operated using the rear controls Volume control switch Push the front side or V rear side of the switch to adjust the volume A N Front side Volume increases NY Rear side Volume decreases Tune Track switch The function varies depending on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 seconds or longer more than 1 5 seconds RADIO Pushing DOWN rear V UP front A N shorter Next or previous preset station e Pushing DOWN rear W A N longer UP front Next or previous station CD Pushing DOWN rear AN shorter NY UP front Next
157. A WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving un der the following conditions when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident SSD0472 RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal PWN To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will come on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will illuminate in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accel erator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL switch The SET indica tor light will turn off b Tap the brake pedal The
158. Assis tance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details Both the Warranty Information Booklet and Roadside Assistance Calling Card in your Owner s Literature Portfolio provide the Toll Free Number to call for assis tance Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hours a day 365 days a year for 4 years from the date sold to give emergency roadside help in the event of mechanical or nonmechanical trouble s such as flat tires out of gas dead battery lost keys mechanical breakdown acci dent etc 6 2 Incase of emergency FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the instrument panel or the LOW PRESSURE information screen on the display This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driv
159. BELT USAGE later in this section Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle op eration The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for the seat position memory function SS0474 SSS0475 Forward and backward Moving the switch 4 forward or backward will slide the
160. CompactFlash card FAT12 FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 versions 1 WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 f f ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Folder levels f RER Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation With navigation system 128 characters Without navigation system 64 characters Displayable character codes 3 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or sk
161. DEO CD formats Copyright and trademark e The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued e Modifying or disassembling is prohibited e Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS Digital Surround EXE are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Sys tems Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection You can play the following disc formats with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e DVD AUDIO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc CD with MP3 WMA cannot be played Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL N LHA0484 Do not
162. Do not use excessive force on the monitor screen e Avoid touching or scratching the monitor screen as it may become dirty or damaged SAA0451 How to handle the DVD A CAUTION e Handle a DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner benzine thinner or alcohol intended for in dustrial use e A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Never attempt to use a DVD that has been cracked deformed or repaired using adhe sive Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami nation or flaws Otherwise signals may not be read properly Do not write draw or attach anything on any side of the DVD Do not store the DVD in locations with direct sunlight or in high temperatures or humid ity Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used Do not put on any sticker or write anything on either surface of the DVD CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness A WARNING
163. E IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the informa tion cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard fol lowed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants i
164. E CRASH SEAT BELTS front seats The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt to help restrain front seat occupants under emer gency braking This can help reduce the risk of injury when a collision occurs Pre crash seat belt will not be activated when e the brake pedal is not depressed e the seat belt is not fastened e the selector lever is in the R Reverse posi tion e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back in the seat with both feet on the floor If the seat belt warning light blinks even if the driver s and front passenger s seat belts are fastened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this ve hicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the
165. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized System fails to interpret the com mand correctly 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See PHONEBOOK earlier in this section wrong voicetag g s 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system for U S INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as phone and vehicle information as a factory default setting Standard Mode Commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system In this mode hands free operation of Audio Climate Control and Display is not avail
166. FINITI dealer BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force A WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibil ity to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a ve hicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play e This system will not operate when the ve hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less Starting and driving 5 47 e The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met a When the driver depresses the accelera tor pedal or the brake pedal b If the driver does not operate the accel erator or brake pedal within approxi mately 1 second 5 48 Starting and driving Rea I nip SSD0338 The sensor will not detect a Pedestrians or objects in the roadway b Oncoming vehicles in the same lane c Motorcycles traveling offset
167. FOREWORD Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior craftsmanship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Japanese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of dealer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the fea tures controls and performance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is in cluded in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide ex plains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer The War ranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties cov ering this vehicle the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Road side Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify you
168. Fuel gauge eo OND Meter illumination control knob Dot matrix liquid crystal display Odometer twin trip odometer TRIP RESET knob for twin trip odometer The needle indicators in the meters and gauges may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position This is not a malfunction Instruments and controls 2 5 SIC3606 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer C and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 6 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET knob at the bottom right of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON in the 4 Monitor cli mate audio phone and voice recognition sys tems section RPMx1000 Z JAK SIC3607 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute RPM Do not
169. GIOEKS ua sor genous Wile al alae RR E 2 38 Coat hooks oy ssc 88 ee eh ee wee ae A 2 43 COCKPit ses si maie ewe e apan Re a 2 2 Cold weather driving 5 53 Command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 066 4 102 Command See INFINITI voice recognition SSEM r hee sig SAC ae ee ee 4 135 Compact spare tire 0 8 42 Compass vaasa nane a Xe Gi el al a ee wb 2 9 Console DOX rma ha eve Se ea ee 2 42 Controller Center multi function control panel sec secs oN WA ete BR Ue OH dee pn 4 6 Controls Control panel button display 4 4 Heater and air conditioner controls See automatic climate control 4 32 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lub rigants ys oa oa ww a eae a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Corrosion protection 0 75 Cruise controls sc i es we ee EA 5 20 Cruise control Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system 10 2 Cruise control Intelligent cruise control ICC SYSTEM Taasi Gees el aaa Con ee we Sa 5 22 Cup holders s sss ce eee ee ee ee 2 40 D DVD player INFINITI mobile entertainment SYSTEM nm aie i soe to Ge ls es de Bi nae OES Jae 4 63 Daytime running light system 2 31 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 28 Dimensions and weights 9 10 Display cleaning s o so sesos asenu aes 4 7 Display controls See center multi f
170. ING This system is only a warning device to in form the driver of a potential unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH or if it cannot detect lane markers e If the LDW system malfunctions it will can cel automatically and the lane departure warning light orange will illuminate o If the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe loca tion and stop the vehicle Turn the engine off and restart the engine If the lane departure warning light orange continues to illumi nate have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer e Excessive noise will interfere with the warn ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system may not function properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly painted yellow not gen eral or covered with water dirt or snow etc On roads where the discontinued lane mark ers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrast ing objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs
171. INITI representative will assist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this un likely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance compa nies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINI Ts warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion
172. ITI controller and pushing the ENTER button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS sys tem Clock Format Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Offset Adjust Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Aleutian Alaska Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 i Settings gt Others Comfort amp Conv Z Voice Recognition p Language Units SAA1815 Settings gt Comfort amp Conv Auto Interior Illumination Auto Headlights Sensitivity E 0000 Z Auto Headlights Off Delay JC 45s 9G Selective Door Unlock Intelligent Key Lock Unlock SAA1933 Others settings models with navigation system Select the Others key and push the ENTER button to show Comfort amp Conv Voice Rec ognition and Language Units With navigation system 1 Settings gt Comfort amp Conv Selective Door Unlock Z Intelligent Key Lock Unloc
173. KING PARKING ON HILLS O Z ELNI ASAAN my D eee NIN SN PN INTIS Reon BS SD1006MA A WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the trans mission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect edly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission se lector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 1 Firmly apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 45 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back u
174. Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phonebook for that phone will also be deleted SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver
175. MPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident A WARNING The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be re placed with the standard tire at the first op portunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pres sure Always keep the pressure of the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and origi nal tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do
176. N SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section for the details Command List Displays a list of voice commands that the system can recognize User Guide Displays a simplified operation manual of the voice recognition system and how to use the voice commands Navigation Version information models with navigation system The version of the navigation system will be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 f Door Open S SAA1187 Trunk Open i u SAA1188 WARNING DISPLAY The warning display will appear when one of the following conditions occurs while driving at a speed over 3 MPH 5 km h e Any door is not securely closed The corre sponding door will be indicated on the dis play e The trunk lid is not securely closed The warning display will turn off when the vehicle speed slows down under 3 MPH 5 km h even if a door or trunk lid is not securely closed yet Make sure to stop the vehicle and close a door or trunk lid securely 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Audio Volume and Beeps Display Phone Navigation Clock Rear Display Others SAA1804 With navigation system Settings Display Beeps Comfort amp Conv Language Units SAA1514 Without navigati
177. NENTS DVD drive The DVD drive is located inside of the center console Insert a DVD into the slot with the label side facing the front passenger s seat side The DVD will be guided automatically into the slot When ejecting the DVD push the EJECT button 0 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION Do not force a DVD into the slot This could cause damage the player Do not use 8 cm 3 1 in discs Displays WARNING Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen using the DVD drive or other devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crys talline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water Use soft damp cloth when cleaning the Mo bile Entertainment System components Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions Besureto stow the rear display when it is not used SAA0719B Flip down screen Use the remote controller to operate the motor ized flip down rear display screen 1 Push the REAR DISPLAY OPEN CLOSE but ton on the remote controller to open or close the display 2 Adjust the display angle by pushing the DISPLAY TILT button N o
178. NFINITI dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions A WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occu pant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemen tal air bag system This is to prevent acciden tal inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension sys tem or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system e Tampering with the air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front pas senger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cush ion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on t
179. O GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle performance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recom mended VQ35DE engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded pre mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Re search octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control sys tems and may also affect warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage
180. OTE CD commands except CD Play are available when the CD mode is selected e Audio COMMAND ACTION Audio Play Turns the audio system on Audio OFF Turns the audio system off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 141 e CF Compact Flash NOTE CF commands except Compact Flash Play are available when the CF mode is selected iPod COMMAND ACTION iPod Play Turns the iPod system on iPod OFF Turns the iPod system off 4 142 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Help COMMAND ACTION Phone Redial Redials the phone number last dialed Phone Dial Dials the phone number given in the command Phone Dial Phone Number gt Dials the phone number given in the command Speak the phone number in one sequence The number is automatically dialed Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list Dials the phone number registered in the specified voicetag Outputs the Voicetags registered in the system Climate Control Help COMMAND ACTION Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off Temperature lt 60 90 gt Sets the climate control temperature to the value given in the command Driver Temperature lt 60 90 gt Sets the driver s side temperature to the value given in the command Passenger Temperatur
181. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and turn the windshield wiper switch on Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position when the wiper is in the fully up position The wiper will stop as illustrated The wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or wiper arm Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 SDI1649 2 Pull the wiper arm 3 Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 5 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure SDI1832 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper wind shield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type
182. SC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys To operate the DVD drive select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller I PAUSE Select the I key and push the ENTER button to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key To pause the DVD it is also possible to push the En button on the keypad of the remote controller gt PLAY Select the P key and push the ENTER button to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD To start playing the DVD it is also possible to push the En button on the keypad of the remote controller W STopP Select the W key and push the ENTER button to stop playing the DVD 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To stop playing the DVD it is also possible to push the button on the keypad of the remot
183. See an INFINITI dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by an INFINITI dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Allseat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be in spected after any collision by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted e All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in spection instructions and replacement rec ommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is differ ent so be sure to learn the best way to trans port your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint Booster seat The prope
184. TION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized an tenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trade 3 Bluetooth mark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INITIALIZATION When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which takes a few seconds If the i button is pushed before the initialization com pletes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands OPERATING TIPS To get the best performance out of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system observe the follow
185. The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge SSD0672 Lane departure warning light orange SSD0671 LDW switch Starting and driving 5 15 LDW system operation The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 72 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane depar ture warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal the LDW syste
186. The Phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associ ated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phonebook You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B New Entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the
187. UTION Do not use for anything other than glasses Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses GLOVE BOX WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box push the glove box lid release button To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see KEYS in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 41 SIC2781 SIC2782 Model with DVD drive CONSOLE BOX To open the console box lid pull the lever model with DVD drive 8 or model with out DVD drive To close push the lid down until latched 2 42 Instruments and controls Model without DVD drive When the lever driver s seat side is pulled the upper case is available for storing some small items When the lever front passen ger s seat side is pulled the bottom case is available for storing some larger ones SIC2077A SIC2784 COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear personal lights To use the coat hook push the hook to release CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook CARGO NET if so equipped The cargo net helps keep packages in th
188. UTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed Push the temperature control dial driver side to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature to about 75 C 24 F for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button or the passenger side tem perature control button is pushed the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 2 Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work pr
189. W TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 38 Instruments and controls Model with DVD drive SIC2774 Model without DVD drive Power outlet is located on the back of the center console Model with DVD drive or in the center console Model without DVD drive CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlet when the air condi tioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS SIC2775B FRONT To open the ashtray lid push the lid down and release it 1 To empty the ashtray pull out The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way
190. WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accel erates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the brake pedal when decel eration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system main tains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by con trolling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on and the brake pedal depresses when braking is per formed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected
191. Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e 1D3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that con tains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encod ing bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display 1 Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries ROOT FOLDER SAA1025 FOLDER MP3 or WMA Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD CF with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated e The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display e lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW CF CD CD R CD RW 1S09660 LEVEL1 1SO09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet Supported file systems 1S09660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported
192. a are installed and there is an active XM satellite radio service subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE Tuning For AM and FM radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob for manual tun ing For satellite radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to seek stations from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected SEEK a CAT SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT For AM and FM radio TRACK Dl Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button M4 or gt gt I to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station For satellite radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button M lt or gt gt to tune to the first station of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off ANTENNA ERROR Antenna connection error LOADING When the initial setting is per formed UPDATING When the satel
193. al and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle performance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recom mended VQ35DE engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded pre mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an 9 4 Technical and consumer information octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Re search octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control sys tem and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run
194. al information see HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section A CAUTION Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Xenon Wattage 35 Bulb no D2S High beam Halogen Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer Halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer for servicing CAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Only touch the plastic base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Use the same number and wattage as origi nally installed Low beam Halogen Wattage 55 Bulb no H1 High beam Halogen Wattage 60 Bulb no HB3 Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the head light body and affect the performance of the headlight e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Front turn signal light Front fog light Front park light Front side tu
195. ally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the ve hicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burn ing out the brightness will drastically de crease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer 2 SIC2411 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the 4 position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 29 SIC2412 Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF 9 or D position 2 30 Instruments and controls The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If th
196. amage resulting in a fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover SAA1896 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the bumper Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m Green line approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines G Indicate the vehicle width when backing up 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Predicted course lines Indicate the predicted course when backing up The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the selector lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES A WARNING Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road condition and road grade e If the tires are replac
197. anced Air Bag System determines whether the front passen ger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger
198. ansmission transfer case and differential gears ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as nec essary Contact an INFINITI dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TE
199. areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication fre quently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If nec essary adjust the pressure in all tires includ ing the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS trans mitter components Replace the TPMS transmit ter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the
200. arranty See War ranty Information Booklet for details For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National High way Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and rem edy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590
201. ars on the screen and the system announces Please say a command 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the 3 to Sy screen changes from speak a command Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the ENTER switch on the steering wheel e If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch for 1 sec ond The message Voice canceled will be announced e Push the TALK amp switch again to pause the operation Push the TALK switch to restart the operation e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing e
202. as follows M gt M _ MZ _ Mg _ Mg M5 5th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M4 4th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M3 3rd and 2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Starting and driving 5 11 e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 5th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succes sion In the manual shift mode the transmission may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of con trol In the manual shift mode the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerat ing again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range 5 12 Starting and driving Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be l
203. as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge Instruments and controls 2 7 reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches pa The MM indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle A CAUTION SERVICE If the vehicle runs out of fuel the eyGne malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the itch light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL later in this section 2 8 Instruments and controls RPMx1000 Pa 5 SIC3610 METER RING ILLUMINATION AND NEEDLE SWEEP The ring illumination surrounding meters and gauges illuminates when the drivers door is closed after getting into the vehicle with the Intelligent Key carried in When the engine is started the indicator needles will sweep in the speedometer and tachometer and the ring illumination will be brightened gradually Meter illumination control knob The meter illumination control knob oper ates when the headlight switch is in the AUTO not lighting or OFF position with the ignition switch in the ON position To adjust the brightness of the meters push the control knob several times until the desired brightness is achieved To tu
204. asic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key us ing the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button You can skip steps 1 to 3 above if you say Help 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems i Information gt User Guide Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking Voice Recognition Settings Speaker Adaptation Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1920 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings e Speaker
205. assenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive seri ous or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts e The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that de tect if the seat belts are fastened The Ad vanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then in flates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be prop erly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the stee
206. at the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled BOOSTER SEATS SSS0099 PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS A WARNING e Infants and small children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INFINITI recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION later in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a seri ous injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installa
207. ater in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or sever ity of injury for both the child and other oc cupants of the vehicle and can lead to seri ous injury or death in an accident e Follow all of the child restraint manufactur er s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and ve hicle It may not be possible to properly in stall some types of child restraints in your vehicle e If the child restraint is not anchored prop erly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible e After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child re
208. ates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever pos sible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification mark ers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your INFINITI dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft pro tection features zl F mee Oe TA SIC2766 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the ve hicle 4 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or me chanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The ve hicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle secu rity system
209. ay find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a haz ard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the proce dures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a haz ard that could cause minor or moderate per sonal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be fol lowed carefully SIC0697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen 1 e If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Z g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California t
210. battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equip ment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Because the steering wheel is locked electri cally unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos sible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special attention that the ve hicle battery is not completely discharged As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intel ligent Keys contact an INFINITI dealer A CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which con tains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ex tended period in an area where te
211. be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK posi tion e the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position the next time you drive the vehicle after the set value has been reached To return to the previous display after the maintenance reminder screen is displayed push the BACK button 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The maintenance reminder screen is displayed each time the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position unless one of the following opera tions is performed Reset Distance is selected Interval Reminder is set to OFF e the maintenance interval is set again i Information gt Others Voice Recognition Navigation Version SAA1808 i Information gt Voice Recognition aw Hi User Guide E SAA1592 Others information models with navigation system Select the Others key and push the ENTER button to show Voice Recognition and Navi gation Version Voice Recognition information models with navigation system When you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or if you do not know how to operate it you can display the voice command list or user guide for confirmation See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITIO
212. bel The ve hicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information la bel Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Load ing beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other ve hicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and pos sible injury For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 MANUAL FOR FRO ADDITIONAL fe XXX kPa XX PSI P INFORMATION seana capacny TOTAL NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL x REAR Re XXX kPa XX PSI The combined weight of occupants PARE and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs ne secours Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exodder XX kg ou XX Ibs TIRE AND LOADING
213. bject on the hill is viewed in the that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears monitor closer than it appears SAA1900 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place but the actual 3 ft Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 SAA1923 SAA1924 Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the posi tion is actually at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor push the SETTING button with the RearView Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Con trast and Black Level of the RearVie
214. bove Enter Data by Keypad Input the name and phone number manu ally using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth cellular phone The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cel lular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the outgoing call list Copy from Incoming Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the incoming call list Delete Delete a contact that is registered in the phonebook Y Gas Redial Dial Keypad Call Phonebook Pair phone Call Call Logs Call Downloaded SAA1895 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the wt button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Call Phonebook key on the PHONE menu and push the ENTER but ton Select the registered person s name from the list and push the ENTER button Dial ing will start and the screen will change to the call in progress screen After the call is over perform one of the follow
215. brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See an INFINITI dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion The sound will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake sys tem Proper brake inspection intervals should be fol lowed For additional information see the main tenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES IN a Some vehicles are equipped with engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes that use only type fuses Other ve hicles are equipped with type fuses in the engine compartment fuse box and type fuses in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine
216. button The voice recognition system starts Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 149 Settings gt Voice Command Leaming zy C Music Box Play Changes the source of the audio system to the Music Box To end tutorial push the TALK switch for 2 seconds SAA1607 Edit Name Store Result Reset Result Continuous Learning SAA1608 7 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 8 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to w speak the command that the system re quested 9 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the TALK amp switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on Learning function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Store Result When this item is turned to ON the voice recognition system can easily recognize the user s voice that it has learned Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned 4 150 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in suc cession without selecting commands one by
217. buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Op eration is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including in terference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modi fications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KOYS iiss vee cce de eGo nates cae obs sae Raen ee aeamme 3 2 Trunk lid release switch ccc eee e ee eee 3 17 Intelligent Key csiscaacaeoscides diss tt inoia 3 2 Trunk open requ
218. case of a recall 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX XX XXX XXX XXXX t t t tt ft 1 2 3 4 5 6 SDI1607 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s iden tification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represen
219. cially available CF adapter is in serted into the slot your memory media can also be used 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1823 IPOD PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the cable as illustrated and then connect the other end of the cable to your iPod Your vehicle is equipped with the specialized cable for con necting the iPod to your vehicle audio unit The battery of your iPod is charged during the connection to the vehicle The display on the iPod shows an INFINITI screen when the connection is completed While connecting the iPod to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet fully depress the center connector button to unlatch the connector and pull the connector straight out of the outlet To disconnect the cable from the iPod fully depress the side connector buttons and pull the iPod connector straight out of the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available Third generation iPod Firmware version 2 3 or later Audiobook and Podcast are not available e Fourth generation iPod Firmware version 3 1 1 or later e Fifth generation iPod Firmware version 1 1 2 or later iPod mini Firmware version 1 4
220. ck up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage 1 U 4 7 C7 Q op L aA LE o 0 o O LIA AL yh i te by u ul alll isi SDI1825 VQ35DE engine Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed SDI1827 VQ35DE engine 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 5 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur face with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket re maining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine failure 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a
221. cles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES ILS al FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 km a AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and re ceiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble
222. con troller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Displays the simplified User Guide describ ing how to operate the voice recognition system e Using the Address Book Refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual Finding a Street Address Refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual e Placing Calls Simulates voice commands to make a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system Voice Recognition Settings Displays the description of voice recognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Simulates an example of the operation to adapt the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which takes a few seconds When com pleted the system is ready to accept voice Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 145 commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance out of INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing t
223. contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water e Keep the battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protectors for ex ample goggles or industrial safety spec tacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the bat tery when jump starting Donotattempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cool ing fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada SCE0559 SCE0720 1 Remove the battery cover and the engine A WARNING 3 Apply the parking brake Move the selec compartment cover To remove the engine tor lever to the P Park position Switch compartment cover unhook the clips as Always follow the instructions below Failure to off all unnecessary electrical systems illustrated do so could result in damage to the charging light heater air conditioner etc system and cause personal injury y E my 4 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the batter
224. creases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influ ence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related acci dents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alco hol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical con dition Starting and driving 5 5 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS for AWD models Observe the following precautions when you drive an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle A WARNING e This vehicle is not designed for off road rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in Do not drive beyond the performance capa bility of the tires even with AWD engaged For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse po sition with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected v
225. ctions and tutorials for several voice commands i Information gt User Guide Getting Started Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address E Placing Calls Help on Speaking Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1783 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key us ing the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 i Information gt User Guide Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking Voice Recognition Settings Speaker Adaptation Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1920 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER button You can skip steps 1 to 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Finding a Street Address Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system
226. ctors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or un der severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolan
227. d reused Replace it according to the mainte nance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when work ing on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or at tempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild deter gent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision SDI2185
228. d be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passen ger air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and pas senger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will change from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warn ing light af located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an I
229. d content delivery For more information visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pend ing Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trade marks of Gracenote SAA0451 CD CF CompactFlash CARE AND CLEANING CD Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated CF cards Never touch the terminal portion of the CompactFlash cards Do not bend the cards e Always place the cards in the storage case when they are no
230. d in the phonebook 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button Select the Phonebook key and push the ENTER button Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phonebook and push the ENTER button Settings gt Phonebook Enter Data by Keypad Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Copy from Incoming Call Logs Transfer via Bluetooth w SAA1575 Settings gt Transfer via Bluetooth M Add a voicetag SAA1576 4 Select the Transfer via Bluetooth key and push the ENTER button in order to register your cellular phone memory in the phonebook Operate the cellular phone to send a person s name and phone number from the memory of the cellular phone The memory sending procedure from the cel lular phone varies according to each cel lular phone manufacturer See the cellular phone Owners Manual for more details 6 After the memory is registered in the phonebook the system will ask if you want to add a voicetag for it If you want to add a voicetag select the YES key on the Add a voicetag screen For ex ample if the partner s name is David speak David after a tone The David voicetag is stored in the phonebook Voic etag is a useful function for easy dialing supported
231. d sensor on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The climate control system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Mainte nance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI dealer 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The filter should be replaced if air flow is ex tremely decreased or when windows fog up eas ily when operating heater or air conditioning system SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for climate con trol system refrigerant and lubricant recommen dations Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate control sys tem A WARNING The system contains refrigerant unde
232. d under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead There fore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected
233. d voice recognition systems section OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close all door windows To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION later in this sec tion To close the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key SPA2000 SPA2300 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelligent Key be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are lo cated on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the drivers or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking th
234. d will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance 5 36 Starting and driving e f the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system dis play Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if The chime sounds The vehicle ahead detection and set dis tance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing When the accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors A which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate
235. de window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel SIC3241 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it SIC3289 Automatic operation for all door windows To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automati cally open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function A WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be de tected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before clos ing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs If the
236. doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with door handle request switch while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the door handle request switch while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock with the door handle request switch when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door and the fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 1
237. driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer SSD0676 SSD0695 Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal A WARNING In the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected Pay special attention to the distance be tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control system display Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise
238. ds so dialing a phone num ber using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYS TEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 135 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage behind a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption W
239. e lt 60 90 gt Sets the passenger s side temperature to the value given in the command Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 143 Vehicle Help COMMAND ACTION Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen Trip Computer Displays the Trip Computer screen Maintenance Tire Pressure Help Hee Displays the command tis S 4 144 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems i Information gt User Guide Getting Started Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1783 i Information gt User Guide Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking Voice Recognition Settings Adapting the System to Your Voice G Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1595 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by displaying a simplified User Guide or by dis playing simulated voice command operations 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Highlight the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI
240. e washer Then the wiper will also operate several times Instruments and controls 2 27 SIC3553 RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM The rain sensing auto wiper system can auto matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the INT intermittent position The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front High or toward the rear G Low e High High sensitive operation e Low Low sensitive operation 2 28 Instruments and controls To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position A CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the INT position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause an injury or wiper damage e The rain sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain If the switch is left in the INT position the wipers may operate unex pectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor e The rain
241. e brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control A WARNING While driving on a slippery surface be care ful when braking accelerating or downshift ing Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weak ened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle ser vice manual and can be performed by an IN
242. e call back number setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ringtone memo pad delete dial eight five six nine two call seven six three oh one Bluetooth on go back setup change priority call five six two eight zero call three one nine oh two dial six six four three seven nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ringtone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two six six Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4
243. e cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers CAUTION Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS A WARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in the window Unattended children could be come involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position If the driver s or front pas senger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Instruments and controls 2 43 SIC3279 Main power window switch driver s side Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear left passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button Upe WwWNp To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows 2 44 Instruments and controls Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver si
244. e cece cece e eee eee 4 6 Start up screen models with navigation SYSTEM sis s ora areca EE EEEa EEEE 4 8 Start menu models with navigation System os oreo ere n o a aueaeaee os 4 8 How to select menus on the screen 4 9 Vehicle information and settings 04 4 9 How to use status button eee eee 4 9 How to use brightness control and display on off DUON s esranors as ti rRe RR E AE 4 9 How to use disp button models without navigation system cece eee eee ee eee 4 10 How to use trip button models without navigation sytSeM cee cece eee ee eee 4 10 How to use fuel econ button models without navigation system 005 4 10 How to use info button eee ee eee 4 10 Warning display cece eee eee cence es 4 16 How to use setting button 000 4 17 How to use aux button cee eee eee 4 24 How to use disc button for models without navigation system ee cece eee eee eens 4 25 Rearview monitor if so equipped 4 25 How to read the displayed lines 4 26 How to park with predicted course lines 4 26 Difference between predicted and actual CIStANCES icc eiccc i eetcaaaedee ealetensiaee tonnes 4 28 How to adjust the screen eee ee eee 4 30 Operating CPS 25556350 ca saidaseaee ie see sears 4 30 Ventilators eeens neren ine ease tian vee ees 4 31 Automatic cli
245. e controller pp SKIP FORWARD Select the gt gt key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc for ward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s forward it is also pos sible to push the h button on the keypad of the remote controller 44 SKIP REWIND Select the M4 key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc back ward The chapters will go back the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s backward it is also possible to push the O button on the keypad of the remote controller f NEXT This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the key and push the ENTER button to advance the still image The still image will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To advance the still images s forward it is also possible to push the fw button on the keypad of the remote controller mm PREV This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the key and push the ENTER button to rewind the still image The still image will go back the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To rewind the still images s it is also possible to push the button on the keypad of the remote controller DVD gt Settings cay oe Menu Top Menu Aud
246. e door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automati cally With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 D ee CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The child safety rear door lock helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally espe cially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position 2 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pace maker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller functi
247. e filling it Use only approved portable fuel contain ers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the NSE malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the BSF light illumi nates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and con tinue to drive the vehicle The BSF light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driv ing trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unre strained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against
248. e ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights re main on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to LOCK and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds OFF to 180 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Comfort amp Conv settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section SAA0642A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate SIC2413 Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the EO position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system When the headlight switch is inthe 9 or ZD position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch ha
249. e negative cable and then the positive cable O O 9 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 10 Put the battery cover and the engine compartment cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A CAUTION Do not continue to drive if your vehicle over heats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possi bly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine
250. e not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS i Information gt Trip Computer Elapsed Time 0 00 00 Driving Distance 115 9 mile Average Speed 6 3 MPH Reset All SAA1806 With navigation system i Information gt Trip Computer Elapsed Time 18 31 58 Driving Distance 115 9 miles 2 Average Speed 63 MPH Reset All SAA1305 Without navigation system 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Trip Computer information Elapsed Time Driving Distance and Average Speed will be displayed To reset each set of trip computer information use the INFINITI controller to highlight the Re set key and push the ENTER button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section i Information gt Maintenance o 6000 12000 18000 EE E Reminder 2 B Reminder 3 Reminder 4 CD 1 1 o 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA1554 With navigation system i Information gt Maintenance Ai E Reminder 1 E Reminder 2 Reminder 3 Reminder 4 ie 6000 12000 18000 Cr 1 1 6000 12000 18000 miles Mun Ur ree SAA1807 Without navigation system Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for
251. e pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly Ifthevehicleis being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to correctly install the specified size of tires to the four wheels Low washer fluid warning cz light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section CRUISE The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function sys tem Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer RAS If the light comes on while the engine is run ning it may indicate that there is a malfunction with the Rear Active Steer portion of the steer ing system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Rear Active Steer warning light if so equipped For further information about the Rear Active Steer system see REAR ACTIVE STEER SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving
252. e priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or see SETUP later in this section for more information on changing priorities The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ringtone Follow the instructions provided by the system or see SETUP later in this section for more information on selecting ringtones MAKING A CALL BY ENTERING A PHONE NUMBER Main menu Call Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the button on steering wheel A tone will sound Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in the single digit format For better recognition results it is recommended to say the numbers in small groups like the 3 digits area code the next 3 digits then the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five 1st group one two one 2nd group and three three five four 3rd group See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges
253. e recognition systems 4 117 Voice command examples To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function speaking one command is sometimes suffi cient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more commands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual SAA1113 Es Voice Recognition 3 C Phone Navigation C Information Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 6200 1 Push the TALK st switch located on the steering wheel 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information or Help Speak Phone es Voice Recognition gt Phone Es Voice Recognition gt Dial Number es Voice Recognition gt Dial Number exe exe Exe D Dial Number Dial af Redial a Change Number C Phonebook J nternational Call e Say the entire number or groups of numbers Say the next three digits Dial or Say Change amp To exit hold the TALK swich amp To exit hold the TALK swich amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1909 SAA1910 SAA1911 4 Spea
254. e spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified tech nician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI dealer For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See SPECIFICATIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels A WARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or ra dial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration head light aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could re sult in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a differ ent off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling cha
255. e system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steer ing wheel 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 2 SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed speed incrementally reduces 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 30 Starting and driving 4 DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance Long e Middle Short 5 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system ToD 4 5 CRUISE lt 6 SSD0457 Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located under the tachometer 1 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is dis played in km h 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 MAIN switch indicator light green Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 4 Indicates your vehicle 5 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 6 Intelligent Cruise Control system warn ing light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the ICC system CRUISE CRUISE SSD0458 CRUISE SSD0678 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb
256. e than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed Note the TRUNK or PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK a button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In_ hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK a button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode Switching procedure DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK OPEN Push the LOCK Q andUNLOCK A buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch the mode Push door handle request HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none f rom one to the other switch or trunk open re OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME 4 quest switch twice once times When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 Push Q B o HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none times
257. e the button is pushed the display size will change to Cinema Wide Full or Normal Sound To change the language push the SOUND but ton Each time the button is pushed the lan guage will change to each language stored in the DVD Headphones The DVD sound can be heard through the headphones Push the headphones Q button Each time the button is pushed the headphones mode will switch to ON or OFF To control the volume of sound from the head phones use the volume control knob attached to the headphones Track Channel To skip to the previous or next DVD scene selection push the TRACK CH button om WwW M PLAY PAUSE button STOP button FORWARD button REWIND button m FORWARD button for still images for DVD AUDIO REWIND button for still images for DVD AUDIO CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your Mobile Entertainment Sys tem DVD player face screen remote control ler etc e Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 C 20 F and above 158 C 70 F Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION Do not use any solvents or cleaning solu tions when cleaning the video system e
258. e the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOM MENDATION in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section Starting and driving 5 43 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped A WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse po sition with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in seri ous vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped ve hicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equip ment may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle movement which could re sult in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Your vehicle is equipped with full time All Wheel Drive AWD Switching the driving mode is not necessary 5 44 Starting and driving Warning light Comes on or blinks when lll There is a malfunction in the All Wheel Drive AWD system N Comes on The powertrain oil temperature j rises extremely The difference in wh
259. e to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SWITCH if so equipped LDW D SSD0671 The Lane Departure Warning LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the lane departure warning light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers The LDW system activates automatically when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON posi tion This is the automatic setting mode The LDW ON indicator Q on the switch will illumi nate To cancel the LDW system push the LDW switch to turn off the system The LDW ON indicator will turn off Push the LDW switch again to turn the LDW system on The LDW automatic setting mode can be changed to the manual setting mode To change the mode push and hold the LDW switch for more than 4 seconds when the LDW ON indicator is off In the manual setting mode push the LDW switch on and off to turn the LDW system on and off See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEMS in the 5 Starting and driving section for more details SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH
260. e with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete
261. earance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust in sects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are avail able at an INFINITI dealer or any automotive accessory Stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abra
262. ece eee 4 98 Initialization senes sc cata apis annae Ena 4 98 Operating tPS lt c sisci cisoaesreaw ean nd sacade wet 4 98 Giving voice commands eee eee e ees 4 99 Control DUONG ssi eee ee cece sess ews vee 4 100 Getting started sresrsrsr arnir regresia 4 100 Choosing a language cece eee eee eee 4 100 Pairing procedure y 0 xy covcaw de viene eens eaee 4 100 Making a call by entering a phone number 4 101 Receiving a Call cicceisscccccs cece caaee cede 4 102 List of voice commands ee eee 4 102 Call isiveics ideas waiesseGe nmeiea sanedadas is 4 103 Phonebook 333 5 sis sicaciced eetecssace daca deus 4 104 Memo padet cet shee ier das ee caused ine 4 106 SEUD sedis isl sietice na E aie E AEE 4 107 Speaker adaptation SA mode 4 108 Troubleshooting guide eee ee eee 4 110 INFINITI voice recognition system models with navigation system for U S cece eee eens 4 111 INFINITI voice recognition standard mode 4 111 Using the SysteM 6sce08sccs08 cs acraseceveees 4 113 Before Starting iicciccecesssacavesncsas caeveacs 4 113 Giving voice commands ee seen eee 4 114 INFINITI voice recognition alternate command mode cece e eee e cece eens 4 122 Using the system cc cece cece ee eee eee 4 129 Speaker adaptation function 4 131 Troubleshooting guide cece e eee eee 4 134 INFINITI voice recogniti
263. ecked by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT Instruments and controls 2 25 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EXPRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHOR ITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 26 Instruments and controls eet SIC2766 Security indicator light The security indicator light indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK position This function indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position Ifthe light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI dealer for INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System service as soon as p
264. ecommendation P 9 4 Spare tire P 6 2
265. ed a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system e Ifyou want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob NOTE The voice command Help is available at any time Please say Help to obtain the informa tion about how to use the INFINITI Voice Recog nition system How to say numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing enter ing digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogn
266. ed in some areas consult an INFINITI dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement cce cess eee eee 8 2 Scheduled maintenance eeeeeeeee 8 2 General maintenance cece eee eee eee 8 2 Where to go for Service cece ee eee ee eee 8 2 General maintenance cece eee eee ee ene 8 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautions c eee ween eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Vk45de engine esses cece cess ce rissies noniis 8 6 Vq35de CNSiN siwiccsccccsccccesssseeseaawregane 8 8 Engine cooling system cece eee eee eee 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 4 8 10 Changing engine coolant eee eee 8 11 ENING Ol vis sc ceschswwaas awe eaes soeies wereneeeee es 8 11 Checking engine oil level eee eee 8 11 Changing engine oil and filter 8 12 Automatic transmission fluid e eee 8 14 Power steering fluid cece cece eee eee eee 8 15 Brake MUI sac isimesivns ewes aero emqncans eaiemaie 8 15 Brake fluid jis sccssadseass ceases caceaaawereeas 8 15 Window washer fluid cece eee eee eee ee 8 16 Batte assen aaee NE EEE 8 16 JUMP Sta iN cemi ora citar 4 Sees Swe EERE es 8 18 Variable voltage control system if so equipped 8 18 Drive DeltSiicicsccdicaerddae neroden ano E EEn 8 18 Spark plUgS sicis
267. ed with different sized tires the predicted course line may be dis played incorrectly On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly If this occurs drive the vehicle ona straight road for more than 5 minutes When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the pre dicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a refer ence only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill ob jects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to prop erly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course SAA1897 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking y
268. ee HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section For models without the navigation system the information can be displayed by pushing the FUEL ECON button on the control panel i Information gt Tire Pressure pai Rear Left Rear Right kk xk psi psi SAA1450 Tire Pressure information The tire pressure will be displayed for refer ence The pressure indication psi on the screen means that the tire pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed In case of low tire pressure LOW PRESSURE information will be displayed on the screen Check the pressure for all tires Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 After tire rotation is performed tire pressure will not be displayed in the actual tire position Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display A WARNING e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with thos
269. ee ea ala ody ae Sieh e E 2 34 JUMp Starting s so epa ee a 6 8 G l K Garage door opener HomeLink Universal INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 25 Transceiver 6 ec ia eid oi aa a he eo 2 51 INFINITI mobile entertainment system KEY See aea io ana e oP Rub arama e Keer 3 2 Gas CAP e ei naaa Ta ae e 3 19 MES Steen teen eee ees 4 63 Keys For Intelligent Key system okie te ae 3 6 GUBE esis we Gh ei ee ee a 2 5 INFINITI voice recognition system 4 111 4 135 Gauge INFO Dutton prere ae kaa aS 4 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 ISOFIX child restraint 1 17 10 3 LATCH system Labels Air bag warning labels Air conditioner specification label Emission control information label Engine serial number F M V S S C M V S S certification label a ara aa bre ae amp aces ag ea ee Tire and Loading Information label Vehicle identification number VIN Lane departure warning LDW switch Lane departure warning LDW system 5 License plate Installing front license plate Light Air bag warning light Bulb replacement Fog light switch Headlight switch Headlights bulb replacement Indicator lights Interior light control switch Interior lights Map lights Personal lights Trunk light Vanity mirror lights Warning indicator lights and audible reminders Xenon headlights Light replacement Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 10 4 Loading information See vehic
270. ee ees 3 12 Automatic drive positioner eee eee eee 3 25 How to use remote keyless entry function 3 13 Entry exit FUNGON sorire ti noris atone TAERA 3 25 HOOd PEA E E E EA E E aes 3 16 Memory Stordg s erieou e a eee 3 26 Trunk lid ccccsseistectinss toartien aes Gaus enn ni na 3 16 System operation viccisecscicedscacessesseeess 3 27 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI dealer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by an INFINITI dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2315 1 Intelligent Key 2 2 Mechanical key inside Intelligent Keys 2 3 Key number plate 1 INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelli gent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your ve
271. ee eini 7 5 Underbody eee eee rece eee e eee eesseseeseene 7 3 Most common factors contributing to GIASS cess ciate E EEE E y stents E NA 7 3 vehicle COrrOSION eee e cece eee eee ences 7 5 Aluminum alloy WheelS ce sdecaue ers orii sean oes 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome parts see cece eee e eee e eee eee ee es 7 3 COMOSOM icine scm nendersereydadessddonssademne 7 5 Tire dressing Re A EA ESETE nr ate 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning interior cocssssrsirisesiriisassntiio ninots 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwash
272. eel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336B The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high powertrain oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during opera tion stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light turns off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn CAUTION If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD sys tem Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e The powertrain may be damaged if you con tinue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly PAR
273. eel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are haz ardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the brak ing and engine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks If the SLIP indicator blinks the road con ditions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illumi nate in the instrument panel As long as these indicators are illuminated the VDC system function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS function to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface
274. een If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is displayed behind the track number The Music Box audio system cannot perform recording under the following conditions e There is not enough space in the hard disk The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the STOP button by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position the recording also stops P Music Box Play by Album i J XXXXXXXX W XXXXXXXX XXXXXX 1 01 ALL Playlist RPT SAA1615 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods Push the source select switch on the steer ing wheel and the ENTER switch See STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this section e Push the AUX DISC button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode Give voice commands See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with naviga tion system later in this section Monitor cli
275. ehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or elec trical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid con tacts your eyes skin or clothing immedi ately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can gener ate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling ee Oo B Keep the battery out of the reach of children A B O N ige DI0137MA SD11480C Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the 1 Remove the cell plugs battery cover if it is necessary It should be 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL between the UPPER LEVEL 4 and LOWER LEVEL line lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler open
276. ehicle movement which could result in seri ous vehicle damage or personal injury 5 6 Starting and driving Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped ve hicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facil ity personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamom eter Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in seri ous vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively e Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneu vers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH A WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emer gency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push b
277. electing the station and band last played Radio AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Radio FM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 Satellite COMMAND ACTION Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on selecting the station and band last played cD COMMAND ACTION cD Starts to play a CD e Audio COMMAND ACTION Audio OFF Turns the audio system off iPod COMMAND ACTION iPod Turns the iPod system on Vehicle Information Commands COMMAND ACTION Traffic Info Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen Trip Computer Displays the Trip Computer screen Displays the Maintenance screen 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Climate Commands COMMAND ACTION Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 i Information gt User Guide Getting Started Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking Push the ENTER switch to select SAA1783 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains b
278. elete Call Logs Bluetooth Setup SAA1581 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key on the display and then push the ENTER button Phonebook See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section for adding editing and deleting a contact Downloaded Phonebook Refer to the following information for each item e Download All Download all of the contacts registered in the Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies accord ing to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Delete Downloaded Phonebook Delete a downloaded phonebook Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 e Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phonebook Delete an entry from the downloaded phone book Automatic Hold If this item is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Use Vehicle Ringtone If this item is turned on a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Delete Call Logs Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs from the list Bluetooth Setup See the following information for each item e Bluetooth If this s
279. em is automatically canceled When strong light for example at sun rise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the sys tem sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and fre quent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Control sys tem if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the dis tance from other vehicles using the accelera tor pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section Starting and driving 5 25 SSD0676 SSD0695 Type B 5 26 Starting and driving VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between ve hicles following distance or selected vehicle spee
280. em says so and ends the VR session Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system ends the VR session You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session F Memopad Mm Y B C af Help H Play dif Record H Delete amp Exit Phone Mode g Exit Phone Mode SAA1929 MEMO PAD The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system announces No messages to play The system ends the VR session 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Record The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the wf or button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the olde
281. ension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings and wheels are not INFINITI approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate e If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equip ment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate e If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are extremely de teriorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate 5 52 Starting and driving When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC sys tem may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those recom mended are used the VDC system may not operate properly and VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both
282. er SSS0644 LATCH rigid mounted attachment LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT later in this section for in stallation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH later in this section TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint re quires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point A WARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses SSS0568 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the LATCH system rear outboard seating positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 3 Secure the tether strap to tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest in stallation 4 Tighten the strap acc
283. er some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual All Wheel Drive AWD model If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pat tern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE A WARNING Wet ice 32 C 0 F and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accel erating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Starting and driving 5 53 Allow more s
284. ert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the un dercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly A WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID A CAUTION Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new ve hicle limited warranty When checking or replacement is required we recommend an INFINITI dealer for servicing POWER STEERING FLUID SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range 1 HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 C 50 to 80 F or using the COLD range G COLD MAX COLD MIN at flu
285. est sWitch cece eee 3 17 Valet hand 0ff ic scarceosie sce vane ateaiieaun sass 3 3 Opening with key cecceseeeeecee cence 3 17 DOOM ies s dias asses nerit oneta Moss Fd da R EEEE 3 4 Trunk open Hutton ccc eee eee e eens 3 17 Locking with mechanical key 05 3 4 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 18 Opening and closing windows with the Interior trunk lid release 0 eee eee 3 18 erreurs ide i k k b Ree OIE See 3 4 Fuel fille door resice cas ees degeys neneiia 3 19 Poe ng wit anager ae ae Opening the fuel filler door eae 3 19 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Fu lfiller CAD iris eae sare Sateen ee eana rory N 3 20 Child safety rear door lock cece e eee 3 6 sige h x f Tilting telescopic steering column 3 21 Intelligent key system cece cece eee eee eee 3 6 Tilt or tel ti 3 21 Intelligent key operating range 3 8 a PIE O a gie a EnS aa R an Door locks unlocks precaution seseeee 3 8 Sun VISO Sia ae EEE EAEEREN 3 21 Intelligent key operation eeeeeeeeees 3 9 Mirrors seeresererereerereresereerenerererererenee 3 22 Battery saver system cecceeeceeeceeecs 3 10 Inside Mirror ccc eee eee eee e eee 3 22 Warning signals cccceeeee cece ee ees 3 11 Outside MIFrOrs 6 cece eee cece eee eens 3 23 Troubleshooting guide ceecece
286. etting is turned off the connection between the cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module will be canceled Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device PIN and connection status Pair Phone See PAIRING PROCEDURE later in this sec tion e Priority Change Use this command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone will be connected to the system when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Remove Paired Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the paired list Paired Phone List Up to 5 registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently being connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system Edit Phone Name Rename the registered cellular phones using
287. evices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steer ing brake or cooling systems e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in ve hicle towing or recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing ser vice to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exteriors assasi setae deca venediediovedaswas 7 2 Floor MALS crseiesens gates oxedecae salons enaaos 7 4 WASHING is viics aise ied cee dave pose wees ierann 7 2 Seat pells ie iic eacse nis oaa veda ERa ET 7 5 WAXING E E A TE E AN 7 2 Rear sunshade if so equipped 7 5 Removing SpOts ses eee ee eeee cece cece es 7 3 Corrosion protection cece eee e
288. f the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 SPA1836 SSSO294A Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE earlier in this section To adjust push the adjustment button A and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment but ton to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING e After adjustment release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is se curely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
289. fect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice AVOIDING
290. fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir 6 Engine coolant reservoir 7 Power steering fluid reservoir 8 Drive belt location 9 Radiator filler cap 10 Engine oil dipstick Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze coolant solution The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary A WARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reser voir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine dam age use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Demineral ized water or distilled water Outside temperature down to Anti freeze SDI1818 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the c
291. from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance andcare 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte rior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION e Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sen sor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Never use benzine thinner or any similar material 7 4 Appearance and care e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and dam aging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergen
292. from moving parts A WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously in jured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electri cal shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged exten sion cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord ora grounded outlet can result in a fire or electri cal shock and cause serious personal injury 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance program eeee eee 6 2 Flat tress cccacccacivies cae seg oes bone EE EERE SES 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tire eee eee eee eee 6 3 JUMP Sta ING wes Ss rnar tise ieee te tear sees 6 8 PUSH Starting cdisteov code tenre En nnne nE ESED 6 10 If your vehicle overheatS cece cece eee eee 6 11 Towing your vehicle cece eee eee eee eee 6 12 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 13 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year unlim ited mileage Roadside Assistance plan In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside
293. g or the cable could be damaged and a loss of func tion may occur Bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius minimum Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the stor age where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may dam age the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact an INFINITI dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environ ment at room temperature and without direct sun exposure 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than its intended use in the vehicle
294. g your voice please try using the voice recognition learning mode K SAA1905 Settings gt Voice Recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation F Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback SAA1906 Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly 1 Highlight Help on Speaking and push the ENTER button 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Voice recognition settings The available settings of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system are described 1 Highlight Voice Recognition Settings and push the ENTER button 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which takes a few seconds When com pleted the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK st switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds BEFORE STARTING To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the follow ing The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the
295. g of the current track Pushing DOWN W UP amp longer Folder change When the last folder on a disc is playing the next disc will be selected DVD if so equipped Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Next track chapter or the beginning of the current track chapter Pushing DOWN V UP amp longer Next group title or the beginning of the current group title iPod if so equipped e Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Previous or next track Start Pause or Menu can be selected when the ENTER button is pushed e Pushing DOWN W UP amp longer Rewind or fast forward search Music Box hard disk drive audio system if so equipped e Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track e Pushing DOWN V UP amp longer Playlist change When the last playlist is playing the next playlist will be selected ENTER switch operation You can also use the ENTER switch to select the items on the usual setting menu screen After selecting an MP3 folder using the up and down switch push the ENTER switch to com plete the selection While the display is in the NAVI STATUS or Audio setting screen some audio functions can also be controlled using the ENTER switch The function varies depending on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 seconds or longer more than 1 5 seconds
296. g system ABS warning MSIE od sas io ate Shara A te a Bank 2 13 Brake warning light 2 14 Door open warning light 2 14 Low fuel warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Warning lights s ewes ees eek wt dh 2 13 Warning Dot matrix display 2 21 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Warning Lane departure warning LDW SYSTEM a serie ein Wee ayo tage Us sv orbs ace er ee 5 14 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system PMS a cre a a a BE ores we saree we Aoewt cand 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Warranty Emission control system Walla a a a ed ara 8 ew i Ba a 9 20 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer SWITCH s eo wea ee Sw Oe Te 2 27 Washing regrei ca ee ae aoe Aca ae 7 2 Waking agira ws tae ee aa Ges S 7 2 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 10 Wheel tire size 2 2 0 2 002 eee 9 9 Wheels and tires 8 32 Wheels and tires Cleaning aluminum alloy Wheels 6 a asst dee See ae a od 7 3 Window washer fluid 8 16 Window s leaning we sei he Ss SAS a SS 7 3 Power windows 2 43 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 27 Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 28 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 27 Wiper blades 0 4 8 21 Xenon headlights 10 7 MEMO MEMO MEM
297. gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button Instruments and controls 2 51 SIC3612 SIC3613 To begin push and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held trans mitter 1 to 3 in 20 to 70 mm away from the HomeLink surface 2 52 Instruments and controls 3 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indica tor light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful pro gramming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button re leasing when the device begins to acti vate If the
298. ge and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified DRC DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO DRC Dynamic Range Compression allows you to tune the dynamic range of the sound re corded in the Dolby Digital format DOWN MIX DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Convert a multi channel recording to a tradi tional two channel stereo recording Remote controller operation Use the remote controller to adjust the follow ing items Rear display open close To open es ae the flip down rear display push the Grose button Joystick Use the joystick to select the items displayed on the rear screen ENTER button Push the ENTER C button to make the selected item complete on the rear screen BACK button Push to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection Display tilt Adjust the display angle Ay png the DIS PLAY TILT button N DVD mode To select the DVD mode push the DVD button AUX mode To select the AUX auxiliary input jacks mode push the AUX button Volume To control the volume level button VW push the VOL Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Display To adjust the rear display screen brightness tint contrast etc push the DISP button Aspect To change the display size push the ASPECT button Each tim
299. ges P 2 5 Center ventilator P 4 31 Security indicator light P 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 33 vp Wn 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Center multi function control panel Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting but tons P 4 9 Phone system P 4 76 P 4 87 Audio system P 4 37 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 Fuse box cover P 8 23 10 Parking brake Operation P 5 13 Parking P 5 45 Push button ignition switch P 5 6 Clock P 2 38 Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Snow mode switch if so equipped P 2 37 Rear sunshade switch if so equipped P 2 47 Rear control cancel switch if so equipped P 2 47 or Climate con trolled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 39 Instruments and controls 2 3 19 CompactFlash card slot if so equipped P 4 37 20 Audio system P 4 37 21 Glove box lid release button P 2 41 22 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 18 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 2 4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES RIN SNV ae TRIP R SET SIC3605 Yp WwWN e Engine coolant temperature gauge Tachometer Warning Indicator lights Speedometer
300. h for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator light green in the instrument cluster illuminate After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display turns off The CRUISE indicator light stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position the system is also automatically turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on A CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Control CRUISE SET D SSD0683 To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the accel erator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happe
301. he battery power and the engine will not start SAA1098 Without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial and push the ENTER button for operation If you push the BACK button before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button G and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system A CAUTION Theglass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water e Toclean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of sol vent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to ma
302. he ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain 6 14 Incase of emergency SCE0488 SCE0710 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed spe cifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Front Open the hook cover on the front bumper Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Rear Do not use the tie down hook 2 to pull the vehicle A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main struc tural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie down hooks to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie down hooks e Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle e Pulling d
303. he malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and re paired as necessary could lead to poor drive ability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Su Slip indicator light This light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits pqz Small light indicator light The light comes on when the front park side marker tail and license plate lights are on Gp Turn signal hazard indicator gt lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on 2 20 Instruments and controls we Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the VDC system is not operating When the VDC off indicator light and slip indi cator light come on with the VDC system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system s fail safe mode is operating for example the VDC system may not be function ing properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If a malfunction
304. he map light cover To keep the proper operation of the LDW LDP systems and prevent a system malfunction be sure to ob serve the following e Always keep the windshield clean Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the camera unit Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or a mirror on the instrument panel The reflection of sunlight may ad versely affect the camera unit s capability of detecting the lane markers 5 20 Starting and driving e Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e lf the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will then blink to warn the driver e lf the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically If the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer e The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CAN CEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated
305. he seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Maintenance on and around the front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e Acracked windshield should be replaced im mediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yel low and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual S0521 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGS AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SID
306. he voice commands cor rectly When the climate control is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words B Voice Recognition 3C H Destination Street Address 1i Destination Nearby Places 4 Phone Dial lt Phone Number gt 4 Phonebook lt Voicetag gt G Holp To show additional commands say Help 4 146 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1113 SAA1589 Giving voice command 2 A list of commands appears on the 1 Push and release the TALK switch once mols ee ANSMET ES located on the steering wheel y f 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the jl screen changes from to Se 99 66 speak Help Voice help or Command list Gi Information gt Command List Navigation Audio Please select a voice command category Phone Vehicle Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA1935 4 The system confirms the recognized com mand and a list of command list catego ries appears 5 Locate your desired voice command in the list using the INFINITI controller Selecting a category lists its voice commands 6 Push the TALK switch and enter the command Operating tips e Voice command
307. hen move the selector lever to the P Park position R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from the D Drive position to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the trans mission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode re turn the selector lever to the D Drive posi tion The transmission returns to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one
308. hen push the ON OFF VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the audio mode which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOLUME control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE SET TING BUTTON earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows if so equipped BOSE Centerpoint BOSE AudioPilot e Precision Phased Audio e Speed Sensitive Volume For more details see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS earlier in this section FM AM SAT radio operation a radio FM AM SAT band select RADIO ammm OF Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM SAT AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenn
309. hen the light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e When the adjusting switch for the drivers seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch e When the engine is started while the auto matic drive positioner is operating e When approximately 45 seconds have passed after the driver s door was opened ignition switch is not in the ON position When the selector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position How ever it will not be canceled if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions entry exit function Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 MEMO 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Safety NOEs cicsccskase ater nrin areenaa alien es 4 4 Center multi function control panel 4 4 How to use INFINITI controller 4 6 How to use touch screen models with navigation system e
310. hes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to acti vate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after infla tion has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not
311. hicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR A WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from slid
312. hicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI dealer A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a preci sion device with a built in transmitter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelli gent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against an other object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where tem peratures exceed 140 C 60 F Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set personal computer or cellular phone Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that In telligent Key This will prevent the Intelli gent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI dealer SI SPA2033 Mechanical key T
313. hicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated SSS0567 LATCH system anchor location LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH compatible child restraints This system may also be re ferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SSS0659 LATCH lower anchor location Type A Lu AS N P
314. hile a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear ad justing the outgoing volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized an tenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interfe
315. hile the brake control assist is provided When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC approach warning occurs When the hazard warning flashers are oper ated When driving on a curve at high speed After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satis fied the LDP brake control assist function will resume Condition C Under the following conditions a beep will sound and the LDP system will be canceled automatically The LDP ON indicator light will blink in green and the LDP system cannot be activated When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates When the VDC system is turned off When the SNOW mode switch is turned on Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist turn off the LDP system by pushing the LDP switch Push the LDP switch again to turn the LDP system back on Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approxi mately 104 C 40 F and then the LDP system is turned on the LDP system may be deactivated automatically The LDP ON indicator green will blink When the interior temperature is reduced the system will resume operating automatically and the LDP ON indicator will stop blinking Starting and driving 5 19 SSD0453 LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit C for the LDP system is located inside t
316. hime will sound if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers Lane departure warning light orange if so equipped If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the LDW and LDP systems are not functioning properly Have the systems checked by an INFINITI dealer See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEMS in the 5 Starting and driving section im This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning i 1 light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare Low fuel warning light The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Instruments and controls 2 15 Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate If you select the tire pressure information in the display the LOW PRESSURE information will be d
317. hime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position When the VDC operates except ABS which is functional with ICC system operation e When the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high 5 42 Starting and driving CRUISE SSD0490 Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunc tioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer ICC SYSTEM PREVIEW FUNCTION The ICC system with the preview function iden tifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see BRAKE ASSIST
318. his Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trade 3 Bluetooth mark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system For more details see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNI TION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 111 SAA1825 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK PHONE SEND button 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Y Gas Redial Dial Keypad Call Phonebook Pair phone Call Call Logs Call Downloaded SAA1895 PAIRING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Pair phone key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button Settings gt Pair Phone 1 None Add New K 2 None Add New 3 None Add New 4 None Add New 5 None Add New SAA1572 Settings gt Pair Phone Please have your phone look for a device called MY CAR When the phone connects to MY CAR a PIN will be requested Please enter 1234 Exiting this screen will cancel pairing Cancel SAA1925
319. hrough 5 SSS0100 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS A WARNING e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Sys tem never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child in the front passenger seat move the pas senger seat to the rearmost position Al so be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for details The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat INFINITI recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re
320. i function control panel To 7 34 OFF See SAA1819 s RADIO AM FM SAA1820 With navigation system 1 AM FM SAT band select button 2 DISC AUX button Without navigation system 1 RADIO AM FM band select button 2 AUX button 3 DISC button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER CHANGER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OP ERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and there is an active XM satellite radio service subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM satellite radio After receiving the activation signal an available station list will be automatically up dated in the radio Push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the station list Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs two antennas printed on the rear window This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving less interference The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and t
321. ible or at least whenever you refuel e Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instru ments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the
322. ice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voic 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See BLUETOOTH HANDS etag in the phonebook FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this section page 4 76 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 134 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system for Canada INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the display audio climate control phone and optional navigation sys tems To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition push and release the TALK switch located on the steering wheel Then speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and it is performed when it is properly recognized At this time INFINITI Voice Recognition will provide a voice and message in the center display to inform you of the command results COMMAND LIST Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the fol lowing procedure for displaying the voice com mand list and help list
323. id temperatures of 32 to 86 C 0 to 30 F If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid information see CA PACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may dam age the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and af fect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI1828 BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WINDOW WASHER FLUID DI1829 Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window
324. ignition switch to the ON posi tion for 5 to 6 seconds to start cranking the engine After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to LOCK and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the LOCK position Starting and driving 5 9 DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following page Follow these pr
325. il the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an INFINITI dealer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized A CAUTION e Donot installa ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS AWD ABS AT 2 12 All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Automatic Transmission AT check warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem warning light orange Intelligent Key system warning light Instruments and controls
326. ill not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately h l h 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List The system consistently selects the Names command See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section wrong voicetag 8 g 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM without navigation system A WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle ina safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation If you find yourself unable to devote full at tention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone mod ule With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle pho
327. ill play while fast forward ing or rewinding When the button is released the CF card will return to the normal play speed When the gt gt I or M4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CF card is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CF will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the CF card is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the CF card turn the MP3 WMA folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller SCAN A RPT REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the CF card is played the play pattern can be changed as follows F 1 CF CompactFlash CARD RPT 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track RPT 1 FOLDER MIX RDM 1 CF CARD MIX RDM CF EJECT When the knob next to the CF slot is pushed with the CF card inserted the CF card will be ejected Messages The following messages will be displayed under certain conditions Reading Compact Flash The system is read ing the CF card inserted in the slot No Compact Flash card A CF card is not inserted in the slot Compact Flash read error The system can not read a CF card Unplayable file The system cannot play a music file No audio file The CF card inserted in the slot or its folder does not contain any music files Compatibility with other media If a commer
328. imate audio phone and voice recognition systems while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the gt gt I or M4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a CD is being played CD PLAY selection CD changer To change to another CD already loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons to or choose a disc displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller SCAN REPEAT RPT RPT RPT When the SCAN RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCRPT 1 DISC RPT 1TRK Track RPT L 1 DISC MIX RDM ALL DISC MIX _ CD with MP3 or WMA ie DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track Mis 1 FOLDER MIX RDM 1 DISC MIX ROM ALL DISC MIX CDEJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs if so equipped push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will t
329. in another COUNTY sassy ee ew eS ee a 9 10 Trip computer information display 4 12 Trunk Interior trunk lid release 3 18 MUI NA ses 9 ss so Ph ees ee Panik aimee Berane 3 16 Trunk lid release switch 3 17 Trunk open request switch 3 17 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 18 TRUNK liht ace eA ee oe Bg ee we law mE 2 50 Trunk pass through 1 7 Turn signal switch 2 33 U Underbody cleaning 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading 9 19 v Vanity mirror lights 0 2 50 Variable voltage control system 8 18 Vehicle Dimensions and weights 9 10 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC s 36358 Sed aie ew ae eH RS 2 37 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 51 Vehicle information and settings display a side Bho ee Ba ee EE 4 9 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 11 Vehicle loading information 9 15 Vehicle security system 2 24 Vembilators a s a ea 8 eek wes aioe a eee a 4 31 Voice command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Voice command See INFINITI voice recognition SYSLEM ote ss es Se le eae Ae Ge 4 135 Voice recognition system 4 111 4 135 Ww Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 47 Warning light Air bag warning light 1 48 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 13 Anti lock brakin
330. in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 3 may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bag e Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag e Seat belt pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemen tal air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard
331. indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road REAR ACTIVE STEER SYSTEM if so equipped The Rear Active Steer system is an electronically controlled four wheel steering system The angle of the rear wheels are adjusted by the Rear Active Steer system depending on the vehicle speed and steering angle The rear wheels are designed to turn momentarily in the opposite direction and then change to the same direction as the front wheels At low speeds the rear wheels will not turn and the system functions as a two wheel steering system If a malfunction occurs in the system the Rear Active Steer function will stop but the ordinary two wheel steering system will operate nor mally The RAS warning light will illuminate If the light illuminates while driving contact an INFINITI dealer for repair A WARNING The Rear Active Steer system although a so phisticated device cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Therefore only through attentive and careful driving methods can the Rear Active Steer system be fully appreciated and safety assured COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key befo
332. ing section For information about the tire pressure informa tion display see HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section A WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates or LOW PRESSURE information is dis played on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will re main on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified b
333. ing Do not overfill If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or un der severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP START ING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI dealer 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped A CAUTION Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the ve hicle battery may not charge completely Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELTS SDI2117 PWN gt VQ35DE engine Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Vs Tension checking points SDI1411B VK45DE engine Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Power stee
334. ing it impos sible to set When the VDC is turned off When the VDC operates When a tire slips When the SNOW mode switch is turned on When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 37 Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelli gent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system 5 38 Starting and driving CLEAN SENSOR D CRUISE SSD0466 CRUISE SSD0458 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still
335. ing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong house hold soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other for eign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle app
336. ing to finish the call a Select the Hang up key and push the ENTER button b Push these button on the steering wheel c Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Call Phonebook in step 2 above Redial Dial the previously dialed number again Call Call Logs Select the name or phone number from the incoming or outgoing call logs Call Downloaded Select the name or phone number from the downloaded call list Dial Keypad Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with naviga tion system earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Answer K On Hold Reject Call On Hold 0906115XXXX SAA1578 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key on the display and push the ENTER button b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiv ing a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen a b c Answer Accept an incoming call to talk On Hold Put an incoming cal
337. io OC DA Subtitle aan oe Surrounding Information 1 14 y SAA1830 GA DVD gt Settings Title Search Menu Skip DVD Language DRC DOWN MIX SAA1832 Setting front DVD VIDEO 1 Setting front DVD VIDEO 3 QA DVD gt Settings Display Mode Angle Angle Mark 10Key Search Title Search H 6 13 Dow SAA1831 DVD 01 001 00 01 11 WIDE Menu Top Menu Surround Info A SKIP PAUSE SKIP D E STOP SKIP SAA1193 Setting front DVD VIDEO 2 Setting rear DVD VIDEO 1 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 DVD 01 004 00 12 24 WIDE Audio 1 Subtitle 2 Angle 1 gt A sk PAUSE SKIP D STOP SKIP SAA1194 Setting rear DVD VIDEO 2 DVD 01 001 00 00 24 Title Search 10Key Search A Skis J PAUSE SKIP D E STOP SKIP SAA1195 Setting rear DVD VIDEO 3 DVD settings Select the Settings key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button to adjust the following settings The items indicated with can also be set from the rear display Push the DVD button on the remote controller while a DVD is being played Select the preferred item using the joystick on the remote controller and push the ENTER
338. ion see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote Mu siclD Service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Soft ware or Gracenote Servers will be uninter rupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its online services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM ITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and relate
339. ips Skipping with high bit rate files Move immediately to the next song when playing The songs do not play back in the desired order Check if the CD CF was inserted correctly Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the CD CF is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA CD CF or if it is a multisession disc some time may be re quired before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might no
340. ir bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system automatically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is de signed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF The occupant classifi cation sensor operation can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the Adv
341. ire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts se curely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to speci fication at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is be cause the tire pressurizes as the tire tempera ture rises This does not indicate a system malfunction
342. isplayed The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pres sure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section For the tire pressure information display see HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 16 Instruments and controls TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driving section A WARNING e Ifthe light does not illuminate
343. ition systems 4 99 e You can say Star for and Pound for at in any position of the phone number in the international input mode For the interna tional command please see CALL later in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits SAA1827 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel w TALK PHONE SEND Push the amp button to initiate a VR ses sion or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter com mands during a call See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section and DUR ING A CALL earlier in this section for more information 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems s a PHONE END Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with INFINITI Voice Recognition For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section CHOOSING A LANGUAGE You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English French or Spanish See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section to change the language
344. k E Lift Steering Wheel on Exit p Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit Return All Settings to Default SAA1934 With navigation system 2 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Comfort amp Conv settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Comfort amp Conv key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Comfort amp Conv key Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Auto Headlights Sensitivity if so equipped Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic head lights higher right or lower left Auto Headlights Off Delay if so equipped Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the drivers door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corre sponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds
345. k Dial Number 5 Speak 800 6 The system announces Please say the next three digits or dial or say change number 7 Speak 662 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 es Voice Recognition gt Dial Number 3 C 50 0662 Y Change Number e Say the last four digits or Say Change Number amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1912 B Voice Recognition gt Dial Number 3 C 300 662 6200 Y Y W Dial Change Number amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1913 8 The system announces Please say the last four digits or say change number 9 Speak 6200 10 The system announces Dial or Change Number 11 Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 620 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 620 6200 10 continuous digits or 620 6200 7 continu ous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recom mended for improved recognition See How to speak numbers earlier in this section 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You cannot only say a phone number in using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats If you say Change Number during phone number entry the sys
346. l lights will flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Donotuse the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual cir cumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on Instruments and controls 2 33 The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving 2 34 Instruments and controls HORN SIC2769 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS rear seats if so equipped A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended pe riods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insu lates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spil
347. l on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the follow ing procedures listed below Select the Hang up key on the display and push the ENTER button Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel Push the button on the steering wheel 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Riese Use Handset AS 0 17 Call in Progress SROF Mute Keypad A5504T SAA1579 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person e Keypad Send a dial tone to the caller for using network services such as voice mail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Settings gt Phone Phonebook Downloaded Phonebook Automatic Hold Use Vehicle Ringtone Delete Call Logs SAA1580 Settings gt Phone Downloaded Phonebook Automatic Hold Use Vehicle Ringtone D
348. later in this section BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Fail ure to follow these recommendations may re sult in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts e Avoid hard braking as much as possible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Climate control operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leav
349. lay key with the INFINITI controller and push ing the ENTER button Rear Display To open the rear display push the ENTER button The rear display is flipped down auto matically To close the rear display push the ENTER button and turn the OK indicator off The rear display will be closed automatically when the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position The rear display can be also opened or closed using the remote controller See INFINITI MO BILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Settings gt Volume and Beeps Guidance Vol Danon Guidance Voice Ringer Vol 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 E Outgoing Call O 0000 Incoming Call A SAA1561 Settings gt Volume and Beeps Guidance Voice O ON Mononono 0000000000000000 000 Ringer Vol Incoming Call Outgoing Call SAA1562 Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume and Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Guidance Vol To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Volume and ad just it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume
350. ld the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control l eagost QOAEDO SSD0449 Selector lever Shifting To move the selector lever gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Z Push the button D Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage A CAUTION To prevent automatic transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first t
351. le loading information 9 15 Lock Door locks cacto ea KES RON RS 3 4 Glove box lock 0004 2 41 Power door lock 2 24 3 4 MUM MIS eir wee a SS ROS eee E 3 16 Low fuel warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Maintenance Batley i eos eb see Geen BIA a we Sd 8 16 General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 15 M Malfunction indicator light MIL 2 19 Map lights soree aruse nakne ea 2 49 Memory storage Automatic drive POSIIONET i e a 4 8 wis e e E a wi aa 3 26 Meters and gauges 4 2 5 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness 00 11160 s ae rr i 2 32 Mirror Inside mirror 2 ee ee ee ee 3 22 Outside mirrors 3 23 Mobile entertainment system MES 4 63 Monitor Rearview monitor 4 25 MOGMMOOR waa Sicas coat tee 8 see ve ay ete ten Aw 2 46 Music box hard disk drive audio system 4 52 N Net Cargo net i454 fae eee eal x New vehicle break in 4 o OdOMEIED seuas e a rks SS Hale we Re Ree Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil Engine oil viscosity Operation Indicators for operation dot matrix Out
352. led on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer eS TN S RAN 7 Se QW SIC2770 The rear outboard seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the inside of the rear center armrest can be operated inde pendently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range For high heat push the HI High side of the switch For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS front seats SIC2771 The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control
353. lfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems a Settings Audio Volume and Beeps Phone Display Navigation Clock Rear Display Others SAA1802 Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select When you select the Audio settings touch the Audio area 4 on the screen Touch the BACK 2 button to return the previ ous screen Settings gt Volume and Beeps Guidance Vol DODODO0000000 Guidance Voice Or monnomo Outgoing Call O l Ringer Vol Incoming Call SAA1543 Settings gt Enter Data by Keypad OKO OKO O OZO Uppercase Symbols _ Space Delete OK SAA1617 Adjusting the item Touch the or button to adjust the settings Touch the UP 3 or DOWN button to move to the previous or next page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number 4 There are some options available when input ting characters
354. lite radio sub scription is not active e INVALID CH Invalid station is received SCAN ine SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station PRESET ABC Push the PRESET select button to go to the next PRESET After choosing from the PRESET A B or C you can select the desired station using the INFINITI controller or pushing the station preset buttons 1 to Le PRESET select Li to Le Station memory operations 6 stations can be set for PRESET A B and C The PRESET A B and C function allows you to store a combination of FM AM and SAT stations for easy access 1 Choose preset station A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station and keep push ing any of the desired station preset buttons to Le until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radi
355. liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ERNE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the we vehicle The ASF light should turn off after a few driving trips If the TONE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed Instruments and controls 2 19 T
356. ll noise This is not a system malfunction CRUISE SSD0471 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunctioning the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still drive able under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating prop erly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction Starting and driving 5 49 ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a so phisticated device but it ca
357. low people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a Seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This infor mation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rat ing of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined Technical and consumer information 9 15 weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the traile
358. luetooth hands free phone system with navigation system for U S cece cence eens 4 76 Regulatory information ee eee eee 4 77 Voice COMMANS 5 66 ccc sed eee etnas aces neces 4 78 Control DULONS o 4 0saicias wx deretny esaned totes 4 78 Pairing procedure vg vedi ae saiieeiee Gesaa weiss aaes 4 78 Phonebook registration eee ee eee 4 79 Making a Calli ccicccsccs cee cceseenciae ween aes s 4 81 Receiving a Call cisccisicsss tees candid sac veces 4 82 During amp Callisccisccicssedcis se eencsaee cea aees 4 82 Phone Settings lt 5 ay iediav ea teenie reaut ebessi 4 83 Troubleshooting guide cece eee eee ee 4 86 Bluetooth hands free phone system with navigation system for Canada 46 4 87 Regulatory information ee eee eee 4 88 Voice COMMANAS 2 6 06 8ccscscssverseaseoeses 4 88 Control DULIONS i vecis sce casecadiaaenenneee 4 89 Pairing proced re ss isgcice nee sckad ecaeay wangnes 4 89 Phonebook registration cece eee 4 90 Making a Calllis scieicd ve teens erekaw solani isani 4 92 Receiving a Call icciiscessciseccsteraseceveees 4 93 During a calls ecssirirsirt ssiri eee esa ee canes 4 93 Phone setting isssssccssciserriisisscsoneresoi 4 94 Troubleshooting guide cece eee eee 4 96 Bluetooth hands free phone system without navigation system eee cece eee eee eens 4 97 Regulatory information e c
359. lways confirm local regu SAA0723 lations for battery disposal Headphones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and head phones FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Opera tion is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device BEFORE OPERATING THE DVD MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system A WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the ve hicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation A CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle en gine is running Operating the DVD for ex tended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery Do not allow the system to get wet Exces sive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete func tionality of all VI
360. ly apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane 5 18 Starting and driving The warning and assist functions will stop when the vehicle returns to a position inside of the lane marker SSD0673 LDP switch To turn on the LDP system push the LDP switch on the steering wheel after starting the engine The LDP ON indicator light green on the instru ment panel will illuminate Push the LDP switch again to turn off the LDP system The LDP ON indicator light will turn off Automatic deactivation Condition A The warning and assist functions of the LDP system are not designed to work under the following conditions When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes The LDP system will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off e When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 72 km h After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satis fied the warning and assist functions will re sume Condition B The assist function of the LDP system is not designed to work under the following condi tions warning is still functional When the brake pedal is depressed When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes e When the accelerator pedal is depressed w
361. ly by the climate control system If you prefer strong air flow against your upper body push the FA button to turn the indicator light off To turn the system off Push the OFF button Ambient temperature The ambient temperature will be displayed The ambient temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direction and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual ambient temperature or the tempera ture displayed on various signs or billboards alo le gmi ae aa za ee TUNE SAA1103 1 AUTO button 2 Fan speed control button 3 Temperature control button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 REAR SWITCHES FOR CLIMATE CONTROL if so equipped The rear seat passengers can adjust the climate control system using the climate controls in the rear armrest panel AUTO button mode on button Fan speed control up Max fan speed return to Low fan speed automatic climate control a Te button Temperature control up down OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow normally from the foot outlets SS SIC2768 The sunloa
362. m temporarily suspends operation It will become operable again ap proximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 72 km h the LDW system will not provide a warning The LDW system has an automatic setting mode and a manual setting mode The setting mode can be changed In the automatic setting mode the LDW system is automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the LDW system is on the LDW ON indicator C on the LDW switch illuminates To cancel the LDW system push the LDW 5 16 Starting and driving switch The LDW ON indicator will turn off To turn on the system push the LDW switch again In the manual setting mode you need to push the LDW switch to turn on the system after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The setting mode can be changed using the LDW switch To change the setting mode push and hold the LDW switch for more than 4 seconds when the LDW ON indicator is off When the mode is changed a chime sounds and the LDW ON indicator flashes Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approxi mately 104 C 40 F and then started the LDW system may be deactivated automatically The LDW ON indicator on the switch will flash When the interior temperature is reduced the LDW system will re
363. manufac turers instructions Rear center position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfer ing with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Rear outboard position 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is posi tioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 LRSO454 PASS AIR BAG Ke OFF rv S SS0481 Front passenger seat 6 Follow the warnings cautions and in structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT earlier in this section 7 Ifthe booster seat is installed
364. mate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 Stopping playback The system stops playing when a another mode radio CD CompactFlash or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position reack pep dd S FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the gt gt I fast forward or M4 re wind button is pushed for more than 1 5 sec onds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the gt gt I or M4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played Play mode selection To change to another album or artist turn the MP3 WMA folder selector SCAN RPT REPEAT RPT When the SCAN RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows o Playlist RPT 1 Playlist RPT 1 TRK Track RPT 7 1 Playlist MIX RDM All Playlist MIX RDM 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box gt Menu Play by Artist Play by Album Play by Date Play by Mood Play by Category
365. mate control cece eee eee 4 32 Automatic climate control eee eee 4 33 Rear switches for climate control if so CQUIPPEd eviswcis carrie vies rii redsi isiin ee 4 36 Operating CIPS 2 sis sdedecsaieceieerenartiens dy EES 4 36 In cabin microfilter cece eee eee eee 4 36 Servicing climate control eee eens 4 36 A dio system sig wctaa cette saaeineesannmes wanes 4 37 Audio operation precautions 4 37 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player changer oisicc caieaes srece ces ed ne aias CompactFlash CF player operation if so equipped vc eveegcd eeeas de ec ea troin eae een iPod player operation if so equipped Music box hard disk drive audio system models with navigation system 4 CD CF CompactFlash care and cleaning Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Rear control switches for audio if so equipped chacracecesaasind ERE EE ANON aici anomien en E ES Auxiliary input jackS cisecsscrissresissrorssis INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES if so eQUPpPEd ercis irris ia tne EE ENEE ceed Bawa ees Digital versatile disc DVD system COMPONENTS ecane iae niia A Before operating the dvd mobile entertainment SysteM ccc eee eee eee eee ee Playing BVO a sides satis vere tere ae tacemweaawees Care and maintenance cece eee eee Car phone or CB radios ssssicisecsicsrisissniissss B
366. mental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustra tion SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SRS side impact air bag The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light dis playing in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU satellite sensors occupant classification system crash zone sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretension ers and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flas
367. methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 Ifamethanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suit able amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time suffi cient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any driveability problems such as engine stalling and difficult hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel inject
368. moke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a colli sion The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 PASS AIR BAG Ke OFF rv SSS0481
369. mpera tures exceed 140 C 60 F Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment personal computers or cellular phones If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to oper ate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact an INFINITI dealer SPA2341A Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2326 DOOR
370. n s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e f reception between callers is unclear ad justing the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMA
371. n the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone mod ule With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting pro cedure is required anymore Your phone is auto matically connected with the in vehicle phone 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone num ber using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYS TEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 111 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection bet
372. n can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless function will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is discharged The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies de pending on the environment To securely oper ate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door SPA2010 When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 2 Carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 3 Close all the doors 2 4 Push the LOCK Intelligent Key button 1 on the 5 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 6 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK f button on the Intelligent Key 2 The hazard indicator fla
373. n the front and rear out board seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can in crease the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and ca
374. nal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sunshade arm arm rail and screen inlet port Donot allow children near the rear sunshade system They could be injured Do not place objects on or near the rear sun shade This could cause improper operation or damage it Do not pull or push the rear sunshade This could cause improper operation or damage it Instruments and controls 2 47 DOWN SIC2787 The rear sunshade operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The rear sunshade switches are located on the center console and inside the rear armrest To raise the screen push the UP side of the switch To lower the screen push the DOWN side of the switch 2 The switch need not be held 2 48 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not place objects such as newspapers handkerchiefs etc on the screen inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the screen when it is extending or retracting causing improper operation or damage to the screen Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Improper operation or damage to the screen may result Do not put any object into the screen inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the screen Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the screen Do not forcefully pull the screen Doing so may el
375. ncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the ve hicle to a stop A WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the dis tance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inatten tive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decelerate the vehicle speed by de pressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the sur rounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles e Although the brake operation is controlled by the system the system does not auto matically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather condi tions To avoid accidents never use the In telligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is operated at the low speed LO or high speed HI po sition the Intelligent Cruise Control sys t
376. nd release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi mately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h SSD0680 How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se lected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Starting and driving 5 35 Display Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 195 60 130 40 SSD0464 e The distance to the vehicle ahea
377. ne module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone num ber using your voice is possible Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage behind a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other perso
378. ne sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches occupant classification sensor pressure sen sor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate im proper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact INFINITI or an INFINITI dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact INFINITI Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of s
379. ng checks and adjustments section Make sure that the mechanical key is removed from the trunk pass through lid key cylinder before opening or closing the lid Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or ter ritories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Sit upright and well back Sit upright and well back SS0134 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0016 SS0014 WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this ve hicle should use a seat belt at all times Chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of inju
380. ng safety defects US only 9 20 Roadside assistance program 6 2 Rollovers 525 hs a we a ee a 5 5 S SETTING DUON s s soss paoura ea 4 17 STATUS BUOM s sa sa eeo a 4 9 Safety Child seat belts 1 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 20 Satellite radio operation 4 46 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment 1 2 FONT SEAS m maaori eee ead de wae te 1 2 Rear seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt s Childsafety 23 6 3 ao dea SP aieea eye 1 10 Infants lt 3 i 6 ee we GO A ae aa 1 10 Injured persons 1 11 Larger children 4 1 11 Pre crash seat belts 1 11 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 8 Pregnant women 1 11 Seat belt cleaning 7 5 Seat belt extenders 1 14 Seat belt maintenance 1 15 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Seat belts sie aoe sr aials ind a tate we 1 8 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 14 Small children sais 3 86468 ee os 1 11 Three point type 1 12 Seat s Driver side memory 3 25 SOAS ase 6 a at ee ae Oa ok ae OS 1 2 Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start 2 25 Security system Vehicle security system 2 24 Selector lever Shift lock release 5 12 Servicing air conditioner See automatic climate control 4 32 4 33 Servicing climate control
381. nk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle A until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated Releasing from the rear seat You can also access the release handle through the trunk pass through rear seat armrest See ARMREST in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases FUEL FILLER DOOR A SPA2017 OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the left side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button a ligent Key on the Intel e Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button a on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler
382. nnot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain ve hicle control during braking on slippery sur faces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on nor mal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect brak ing effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the Tire and Loading Information label See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMA TION LABEL in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section of this manual 5 50 Starting and driving For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize s
383. not use more than one spare tire at the same time A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit prop erly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 000ceeeeeeeeee 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 00005 9 7 Specification S ciersdccw einer trensvorraonnieewas 9 8 EM SMG E E E airs te eave So nalacenteengte eters 9 8 Wheels and tireS ccc cece cece cece eees 9 9 Dimensions and weights eeee eee 9 10 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNEY sv senssscscae as care ving hile avec EES 9 10 Vehicle identification ccc cece cece ee eens 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number chassis NUMDEN eE A E nddesdeansen seas 9 11 Engine serial number cece eee eee 9 12 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label
384. ns manually maintain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL button The CRUISE SET indicator will turn off b Tap the brake pedal The CRUISE SET indicator will turn off c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and CRUISE SET indicator will turn off To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE set switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch c Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Starting and driving 5 41 b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A c
385. ntil the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position 5 46 Starting and driving POWER STEERING A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly This is not a malfunction and indicates that the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal How ever greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water th
386. ntrol VDC off SWIC e aeae ae ge Ga se te ee ose Mew TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Tire pressure warning system Tachometer 0 ee eevee Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start 0 Three way catalyst Tilting telescopic steering column Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light Tires Flat tire Low tire pressure warning system Spare tire Tire and Loading Information label Tire and Loading information label Tire chains Tire dressing Tire pressure s eceania aa o 10 6 Tire pressure monitoring system GIPMS acts aae e amp alata 5 3 Tire rotation aise es ee ware wee os 8 39 Types Of tires 2 0 62 ee eee ees 8 38 Uniform tire quality grading 9 19 Wheel tire size 2 2 2200 9 9 Wheels and tires 8 32 Top tether strap child restraints 1 19 Touch screen system 04 4 6 Towing FlattOwing ic aera aea ee 9 18 Tow truck towing 6 12 Towing a trailer 9 18 Towing load specification chart 9 18 Trailer tOWINS ai ee sw we dasa 9 18 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver oreades opara 2 51 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 14 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Transmission selector lever lock release u a aa a e e ra 5 12 Traveling or registering your vehicle
387. nts and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONI TORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section 5 4 Starting and driving A WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates or LOW PRESSURE information is dis played on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could af
388. o cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of com ponent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trade mark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A 3 Bluetooth Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote QY INFINITI 2007 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI dealer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However
389. o N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel The vehicle may be moved to the desired location Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation is finished If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI dealer check the AT system as soon as possible PARKING BRAKE A WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from out side the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a ve hicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident Wo SPA2331 To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 13 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEMS if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW Prevention LDP systems will operate when the vehicle i
390. o memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Text When the Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information will be displayed on the screen e CH Name Category e Name e Title e Other If your vehicle is equipped with the AUDIO TEXT om H button on the center multi function control panel push this button while the satel lite programming is selected to show the text information Compact Disc CD player changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button if so equipped and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the CD will play Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs LOAD CD LOAD if so equipped To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button to
391. o remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors trunk lid glove box and trunk pass through lid if they are equipped with a key cylinder See DOORS later in this section and TRUNK LID later in this section STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section and SEATS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belong ings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the trunk pass through with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intel ligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See TRUNK LID later in this section STOR AGE in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion and SEATS
392. o separate the upper part from the lower part SDI1835 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seri ously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed Operate the buttons to check its opera tion See an INFINITI dealer if you need any assis tance for replacement FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the in structions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures
393. o the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduce
394. occurs in the system the VDC system function will be can celed but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the 9 or ZD position and the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fas tened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Lane departure warning chime if so equipped
395. ocedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the selec tor lever out of the P Park position This AT is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other posi tions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK or ACC position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the selector lever to a driving posi tion 5 10 Starting and driving Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion A WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Re verse D Drive or manual shift mode Al ways depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use cau tion when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not ho
396. ocked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the switch to the LOCK position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should re turn to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have an INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary SSD0450 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal de pressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever release the shift lock The selector lever can be moved to the N Neutral position However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To release the shift lock perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK po sition 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release as illustrated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever t
397. od unit ules 5 Occupant classification sensor pressure 3 Front seat mounted side impact supple sensor mental air bag modules 6 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags inflators 8 Air bag Control Unit ACU 9 Satellite sensors 10 Seat belt pretensioners INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions al though they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators The system monitors informa tion from the crash zo
398. oice recognition systems 4 147 Temperatures climate control Speak temperatures according to the following examples 74 C Temperature seventy four 21 5 F Temperature twenty one point five Temperature twenty one and a half 19 0 F Temperature nineteen point zero Temperature nineteen point oh Temperature nineteen Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight zero zero six six two oh oh Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Personal vocabulary voicetags INFINITI Voice Recognition provides the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone and the navigation system if so equipped Using your own voice 40 voicetags can be registered in the Phonebook phone and 10 locations can be registered in the Ad dress Book navigation system See BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM earlier in this sec tion page 4 87 and or the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped for the method of voicetag registration 4 148 Monitor climate audio
399. ol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure sat isfactory engine life and performance see CA PACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS earlier in this section INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy 9 6 Technical and consumer information Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscos ity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is impor tant to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your ne
400. omes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 sec onds and then turns off Intelligent Key system warning light This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases con tact an INFINITI dealer for repair as soon as possible See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section a m When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light will come on in orange turn green and then turn off This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning LDW and Lane Depar ture Prevention LDP systems are operational While the LDW and or LDP system is on the light will blink in orange and a warning c
401. on s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Settings gt Phone Phonebook Downloaded Phonebook Automatic Hold Use Vehicle Ringtone Delete Call Logs SAA1580 Settings gt Phone Downloaded Phonebook Automatic Hold Use Vehicle Ringtone Delete Call Logs Bluetooth Setup SAA1581 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key on the display and then push the ENTER button Phonebook See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section for adding editing and deleting a contact 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Downloaded Phonebook Refer to the following information for each item e Download All Download all of the contacts registered in the Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies accord ing to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details e Delete Downloaded Phonebook Delete a downloaded phonebook Delete an Entry of Downloaded Ph
402. on or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or con ditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting sta tion e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depend ing on the operating conditions the
403. on system HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display for vehicle settings will appear when the SETTING button on the control panel is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual To show the Comfort amp Conv item push the ignition switch to the ON position q Settings gt Audio Bass C J 0000000000 3 Treble C 0000000000 E Balance Cet IUD00000000 Fis F Fade QUOUOGO000 BOSE Centerpoint SAA1809 i Settings gt Audio Balance DODODEDOCO Fade BOSE Centerpoint F BOSE AudioPilot Surround Vol f M000000000 UT SAA1811 With navigation system 1 With navigation system 2 EY Settings gt Audio Bass C mnono _ Trebe DOOIIDAIMMMIC_ _ Balance iet OODDORODOII C Rer D Fade OO0DOUOUDUI Erom Precision Phased Audio 2 Settings gt Audio Treble Balance 0O0OOOOOOOOC Rim Fade 00000000000 Crom Precision Phased Audio OCHA Speed Sensitive Vol 6 6 DOWN SAA1810 SAA1812 Without navigation system 1 Without navigation system 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Audio settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Audio key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the
404. on system models with navigation system for Canada 0 e0ee 4 135 Command lists ciccccesoessacssscasrcscsesens 4 135 Using the system cece cece e cece eens 4 145 Voice command learning function 4 148 Troubleshooting guide cc cece eee eee ee 4 151 SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock STATUS 382 OFF e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock ZOOM OUT AM FM SAT ZOOM IN DISC AUX bene e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your 6 7 12 13 nearest INFINITI dealer Ignoring such condi SAA1800 tions may lead to accidents fire or electric F shock With navigation system e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply 4 STATUS status display button P 4 9 11 SETTING button P 4 17 the parking brake to view the images on the 12 AM FM SAT band selector button front center display screen using devices 2 7 8 9 P 4 37 connected to the auxiliary input jacks Navigation system control buttons Refer a to the separate Navigation System
405. onebook Delete an entry from the downloaded phone book Automatic Hold If this item is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Use Vehicle Ringtone If this item is turned on a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Delete Call Logs Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs from the list Bluetooth Setup See the following information for each item Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module will be canceled Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device PIN and connection status Pair Phone See PAIRING PROCEDURE later in this sec tion Priority Change Use this command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone will be connected to the system when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C
406. ongate the screen Improper opera tion or damage to the screen may result INTERIOR LIGHTS A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a dis charged battery SIC2788 SIC2789 SIC2790 MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off PERSONAL LIGHTS Rear Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has two posi tions DOOR and OFF DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position 4 the map lights and rear personal lights will illumi nate under the following conditions e ignition switch is in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds Instruments and controls 2 49 e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button a on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the auto interior illumination is set to
407. ons have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indi cates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section AT Automatic Transmission AT CHECK check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the transmission Instruments and controls 2 13 Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems BRAKE or Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level
408. oolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level 2 open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level 4 If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 4 If the cooling system frequently requires cool ant have it checked by an INFINITI dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by an INFINITI dealer The service pro cedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the en gineis hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SDI1822 SDI1823 VQ35DE enigne CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
409. operly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the 7 front defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase but ton and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the AUTO mode When the F front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 C 5 F to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automati cally be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance To turn the system off Push the OFF button Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase BB or de crease 8 buttons to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Air recirculation Push the intake air control button as to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the S side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the f
410. or P 4 31 Meters and gauges P 2 5 Center ventilator P 4 31 Security indicator light P 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 8 vp Wn Illustrated table of contents 6 Automatic climate control system P 4 32 7 Center multi function control panel Navigation system if so equipped P 4 4 P 2 33 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 9 Phone system P 4 76 P 4 87 Audio system P 4 37 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 Fuse box cover P 8 23 10 Parking brake Operation P 5 13 Parking P 5 45 Push button ignition switch P 5 6 Clock P 2 38 Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Snow mode switch if so equipped P 2 37 Rear sunshade switch if so equipped P 2 47 Rear control cancel switch if so equipped P 2 47 or Climate con trolled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped P 2 35 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 39 CompactFlash card slot if so equipped P 4 37 20 Audio system P 4 37 21 Glove box lid release button P 2 41 22 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 18 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES TRIP R SET SIC3605 1 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 7 2 Tachometer P 2 6
411. or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may de tect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also de tect reflectors on narrow roads or in road con struction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condi tion for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position When the windshield wipers are operated at low speed LO or high speed HI When the rain sensing auto wiper system is operated and the wiper speed is at least the same as the LO low position speed When the SNOW mode switch is turned on When the VDC is turned off When the VDC operates When the engine coolant temperature be comes excessively high lt 5 SAS MPH D e J A SSD0465 Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled automatically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink mak
412. or cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for con cern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Technical and consumer information 9 5 FOR GASOLINE ENGINES STI0505 1 API certification mark 2 API service symb
413. ording to the manu facturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat con sult your INFINITI dealer for details CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH A WARNING e Attach LATCH compatible child restraints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM LATCH earlier in this section If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident The LATCH anchors are designed to with stand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feel ing to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH anchors are obstructed Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using LATCH 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the upright and rearmost posi tion See REAR SEATS earlier in this section 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions 1 20
414. orrectly iPod player e Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We rec ommend using English language characters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center dis play may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flick ering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 3rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to avoid the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the followin
415. osed while driving oth erwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Setthe lt gt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be in spected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are en tering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving dam age to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants A WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical sys tems can cause overrich fuel flow int
416. ossible Please bring all registered Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with wa ter to the manufacturer s recommended lev els before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the win dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed INT intermittent See RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM later in this sec LO low continuous low speed opera HI high continuous high speed opera Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate th
417. our vehicle 2 The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the selector lever is moved to the R Reverse position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 SAA1898 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines enter the parking space 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the predicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems la SAA1899 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place Note 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any o
418. pecial winter equipment 00 eee 5 53 Driving ON SNOW OF ICE occ cccnee cosas womae oe 5 53 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 54 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure them selves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and pre vent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine run ning for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid cl
419. phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear ad justing the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized an tenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device T
420. questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmit ter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cy cling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface push and hold both the
421. r Wv The screen can also be opened using the INFINITI controller See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section Do not block the range of the wireless remote controller receiver and wireless headphones transmitter A CAUTION Do not touch the display when it is opening or closing SAA0720 Headphones Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary You can use them in almost all the ranges in the rear seat for listening to the sound from DVD or AUX It is not possible to use the headphones in the front seat Power ON OFF Push the POWER button to turn the headphones on or off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 SAA0721 Volume control Turn the volume control knob to adjust the volume The headphones will automatically be turned off in about 5 minutes if there is no sound during that period To prevent the battery from being discharged keep the power turned off when not in use If the sound from the headphones is not clear it may be because e of an infrared communication device or cel lular phone turn down the headphone vol ume or stop using the headphones or e the headphones maybe out of the range of the transmitter installed in the rear flip down display screen This is not a malfunction or the sound may be interrupted temporarily when there is an obstacle between the head phones and the transmi
422. r high pressure To avoid personal injury any air con ditioner service should be done only by an ex perienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal function in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings ter rain signal distance and interference from other vehi
423. r is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be adjusted using the brightness UP button or bright ness DOWN button models without naviga tion system Push the OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 HOW TO USE DISP BUTTON models without navigation system Push the DISP button to show the display setting screen See Display settings later in this section HOW TO USE TRIP BUTTON models without navigation sytsem Push the TRIP button to show the trip computer display See Trip Computer information later in this section HOW TO USE FUEL ECON BUTTON models without navigation system Push the FUEL ECON button to show the fuel economy information See Fuel Economy infor mation later in this section HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and naviga tion if so equipped information for your con venience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the ve hicle See the following for details i Information Fuel Economy Traffic Info Trip Computer GPS Satellite Info Maintenance Others a Tire Pressure Where am SAA1803 With navigation system J Information Fuel Economy Tire Pressure
424. r restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help posi tion a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint A WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them prop erly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an im properly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child re straints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional pro tection INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and chil dren be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your ve hicle has a supplemental restraint system air bag system for the
425. r rights under your state s lemon law READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for im portant safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modifica tion could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmen tal regulations In addition damage or perfor mance problems resulting from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warran ties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you m
426. r tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit 9 16 Technical and consumer information Example 1 Occupants Luggage Load limit Available cargo 1 400 Ib R R and luggage load 640 kg capacity 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 1 070 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 485 kg Example 2 Occupants Luggage Load limit Available cargo and 1 400 Ib R R R R CTT luggage load capacity 640 kg 80 Ib 150 lbx4 600lb 30 lb x4 120 Ib 300 kg 70 kg 280 kg 15 kg 60 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not ex ceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illus tration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your ve
427. racks on the album and starts playing the first track Select the Sort key to re sort albums in one of the following order Rec Recorded Date Name Release Year Artist Search Song Details Set the conditions and select the Start Song Search key to search for a desired song that is stored in the system The con ditions are as follows Music Tempo All Slow Normal and Fast Decade All 70s 80s 90s 00s and 710s and After Group All Male Artist Female Artist Group and Duo Category Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Listening New Age Soundtrack Gospel amp Religious World Classical Children s and Other Search Keywords Input a search keyword using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation sys tem earlier in this section Edit Albums Select a category Rec Recorded Date Name Released Year and Artist and edit the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 details using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Music Box System Info Displays the following information about the Music Box audio system a Music Box Used Free Space Information about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed
428. racteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All Wheel Drive AWD models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the tr
429. re inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 C 0 F check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion For additional information see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during ex tremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see BATTERY in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYS TEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult an INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used Howev
430. red by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is pro grammed retain the original transmitter for fu ture programming procedures Example new ve hicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PROGRAMMING HomeLink later in this section A WARNING Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These stan dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op erate a garage door
431. remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 6 NO KEY warning The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle When all the doors are closed an outside chime and inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park posi tion If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 8 LOCK warning This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selector lever to P LOCK warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON LOCK warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position
432. rence that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trade amp Bluetooth mark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system For more details see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNI TION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 135 SAA1825 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK PHONE SEND button Settings gt Phone Downloaded Phonebook Automatic Hold Use Vehicle Ringtone Delete Call Logs Bluetooth Setup q SAA1570 Settings gt Bluetooth Setup Bluetooth Bluetooth Info Pair Phone Priority Change Remove Paired Phone SAA1571 PAIRING PROCEDURE 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER bu
433. response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmit ter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio if so equipped is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Ha
434. ressure warn ing light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure information in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice rec ognition systems section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires includ ing the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Informa tion label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling A WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la
435. rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ad SIC3608 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone Q shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required BD SIC3609 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers Ep Empty The low fuel warning rA appears when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel
436. right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located at the lower part of the instrument panel The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DE FROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1829 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle Reverse tilt down feature When backing up the vehicle the right or left outside mirror will turn downward automatically to provide better rear visibility 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Move the selector lever to the R Reverse position 3 Choose the right or left outside mirror by Operating the outside mirror control switch 4 The selected outside mirror surface moves downward When one of the following conditions has oc curred the selected outside mirror surface will retu
437. ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key on the display and push the ENTER button b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiv ing a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen a b c Answer Accept an incoming call to talk On Hold Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the follow ing procedures listed below Select the Hang up key on the display and push the ENTER button Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel Push the button on the steering wheel Phone A d Use Handset AS 0 1 7 Call in Progress SROF Mute Keypad A5504T SAA1579 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 e Keypad Send a dial tone to the caller for using network services such as voice mail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the pers
438. ring wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0007 SSS0006 A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or ex tend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not prop erly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible SS0008 SSS0099 SSS0009 SSS0100 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Sys tem never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this sec tion for details SSS0188A SSSO059A Do not lean against doors or windows S SS0140 SS0159 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates yo
439. ring fluid pump Vw WN PS Air conditioner compressor A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for con dition and tension SPARK PLUGS A WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AIR CLEANER SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer for servicing Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Do not reuse the spark plugs by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1831 VQ35DE engine Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element 2 The filter element should not be cleaned an
440. rn signal light Rear combination light back up turn signal stop tail side marker License plate light Map light Rear personal light Vanity mirror light Step light Front sill plate light Trunk light High mounted stop light See an INFINITI dealer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI dealer for the latest information about parts 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover SDI1679 DI1837 Map light SDI1838 Rear personal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 4 GO DI1839 Vanity mirror light 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you havea flat tire see FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire p
441. rn the ring illumination and needle sweep on and off push the control knob and hold it for 1 second COMPASS if so equipped 1C3181 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North NW Northwest NE Northeast W West E East SW Southwest SE Southeast South If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also cali brate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be cali brated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the switch while the ignition switch is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 9 SIC0611B 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone map ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCEDURE The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens Is Push the switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Find your current location and variance number on the zone map NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii 3 Push the N switch repeatedly unt
442. rn to its original position e The selector lever is moved to any position other than R Reverse The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position e The ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position For more information regarding this feature and how to save the R Reverse mirror tilt down adjustment in the automatic drive positioner memory see Automatic drive positioner later in this section AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has the following features e Entry exit function Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automatically move when the selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when one of the following is operated e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position after the drivers door is closed When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the Intelligent Key is inserted into the port after the driver s door is closed The driver s seat will not return
443. rocedure will begin See PAIRING PROCEDURE earlier in this section e List phone See the description below List Phones Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position or you select a new phone Change Priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap prior ity levels Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to
444. ront defrost ing mode Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button eo to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the 8 side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the intake air push the intake air control button To return to the automatic con trol mode push the intake air control button ey for about 2 seconds The indi cator lights both air recirculation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to _ o 4 Air flows from center and side ventila tors NW Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets Nv Air flows mainly from foot outlets 3 Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Automatic upper vent system When the automatic upper vent button is pushed the air flow against the driver s or passenger s upper body becomes gentle The indicator light on the button will come on In this mode air from the center ventilators flows both straight and upward in order to control the cabin temperature without blowing air directly on the occupants Distribution between straight and upward flows will be determined automatical
445. rtment access panels removed For removal and replacement instructions see ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Illustrated table of contents 0 11 MEMO 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SGA eeen T E em nacre one Gus weeks see nate eae ae 1 2 Front seats ries es cars r oenar EEE EREE eee 1 2 R ar SOAS 8 ececcrricccsciccci riidat we ea Be ri ede 1 4 Head restraints ccc cece a R 1 5 Front seat active head restraints 1 6 AIMYOSE scicnandesneeiaantad tetcewss acne as aE sy se6 1 6 Seat bells e s ccccvcevsevc seve ev ee veenee raisni kis 1 8 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 8 Child Safety ssiccs ins scan aiiiie USS eee eee wae 1 10 Pregnant WOMEN eee eee eee e eens 1 11 Injured PersSONS 3 sccsccses secs eee ess eedecsaeees 1 11 Pre crash seat belts front seats 06 1 11 Three point type seat belt eee eee 1 12 Seat belt extenders 00 0 cece cece eee eee 1 14 Seat belt maintenance 0ccc cece eee 1 15 Child restraints ccc cece piensi iii s 1 15 Precautions on child restraints 1 15 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system LATCH cccecc cece enceneceeecs 1 17 Top tether strap child restraint 1 19 Child restraint installation using LATCH
446. rwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustra tions and step by step diagnostic and adjust ment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI dealer Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com infiniti For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or con tact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact an INFINITI dealer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INF
447. ry in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fas tened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continu ously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor
448. s First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 C 20 F and above 158 C 70 F could affect the performance of the hard disk NOTE If the hard disk needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems cp XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX E XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 1 DISC RPT SAA1613 Recording songs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs see Compact Disc CD player changer operation ear lier in this section 2 Select the REC key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button The system starts recording the track being played and REC CD appears on the screen cop 1 XXXXXX 2 XXXXXX 3 XXXXXX 4 XXXXXX 5 XXXXXX 6 XXXXXX 5 12 E XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 1 DISC RPT REC CD J 5 12 SAA1614 If the title information of the track being re corded is stored either in the hard disk drive or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisition from the hard disk drive music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote To view the details of the track select the Text key by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller The track name and album title are displayed on the scr
449. s Call Downloaded SAA1577 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the wt button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Call Phonebook key on the PHONE menu and push the ENTER but ton 3 Select the registered person s name from the list and push the ENTER button Dial ing will start 4 After the call is over perform one of the following to finish the call 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems a Select the Hang up key and push the ENTER button b Push these button on the steering wheel c Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Call Phonebook in step 2 above Redial Dial the previously dialed number again Call Call Logs Select the name or phone number from the incoming or outgoing call logs Call Downloaded Select the name or phone number from the downloaded call list Dial Keypad Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with naviga tion system earlier in this section Answer K On Hold Reject Call On Hold 0906115XXXX SAA1578 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone
450. s key with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER button Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard disk audio system automatically starts re cording when a CD is inserted Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 132 kbps Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Title Text Priority Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs Delete ALL Music Box Data Delete all music data stored on the hard disk Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guaranteed The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance 8 gracenote End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusiclD Terms of Use This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Soft ware enables this application to do online disc identification and obtain music related in formation including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data
451. s tongues retractors flexible wires and an chors work properly If loose parts deterio ration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS A WARNING Infants and small children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed SSS0099 between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Sys tem never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat SSS0100 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 e INFINITI recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS l
452. s and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in
453. s driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 72 km h and above and when it is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane Each system functions as follows e Lane Departure Warning LDW system warns the driver by a warning light and chime Lane Departure Prevention LDP system warns the driver by a warning light and chime and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center direction of the traveling lane by applying brake control to the left or right wheels individually for a short period of time 5 14 Starting and driving SSD0670 The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located inside the front map light cover SSD0674 When the camera unit detects that the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of the traveling lane the lane depature warning light on the instrument panel blinks in orange and a warning chime sounds When the LDP system is on it will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time using the function of the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system To turn on the LDW system push the LDW switch 3 The LDW ON indicator light G on the switch will illuminate To turn on the LDP system push the LDP switch The LDP ON indicator light will illumi nate in green LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM Precautions on LDW system A WARN
454. s or where road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned peri odically For additional protection against rust and cor rosion which may be requir
455. s been pushed to the LOCK position When the headlight switch remains in the Ia or Zi position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position A CAUTION When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended pe riods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the park ing brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the 742 position Turn the headlight switch to the ZD position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illumi nate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position WARNING When the daytime running light system is ac tive tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headligh
456. s cannot be accepted when the icon is e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the ENTER switch on the steering wheel e ifthe command is not recognized the sys tem announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch for 1 sec ond The message Voice canceled will be announced Push the TALK st switch again to pause the operation Push the TALK e switch to restart the operation e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Radio frequencies Speak radio frequencies according to the fol lowing examples e 930 kHz Tune nine thirty AM Tune nine thirty 1000 kHz Tune ten hundred e 1040 kHz Tune ten forty e 1710 kHz Tune seventeen ten 97 9 MHz Tune ninety seven point nine 100 5 MHz Tune one hundred point five 101 1 MHz Tune one oh one point one FM Monitor climate audio phone and v
457. s fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continu ously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when
458. se box If a new fuse also opens have the elec trical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned off 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Wo ile ings ow SDI1754 4 If the fuse is open replace it with a 5 new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electri cal system checked and repaired by an INFINITI dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts SDI1834 INTELLIGENT KEY Replace the battery as follows 1 Insert a Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key flat blade screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it t
459. seat belt properly 5550292 SSS0290 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac tor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling mo tion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and the rear seating posi tions three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child re
460. seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 SSS0476 SSS0631 SS0478 Lumbar support The lumbar support feature provides lower back support Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area REAR SEATS Rear power seat adjustment if so equipped Forward and backward Push the front or back end of the switch to move the rear outboard seats forward or backward The seats move continuously while the switch is being pushed 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Entry exit assist automatic return Pushing the ON side of the switch located on the rear center armrest
461. section If a malfunction occurs in the system the Rear Active Steer function will cease but driving can be continued If the light comes on while you are driving con tact an INFINITI dealer for repair Seat belt warning light The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the igni tion switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passen ger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage 2 Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supple mental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt are op erational Instruments and controls 2 17 If any of the following conditions occur the
462. section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS0641 Front facing step 8 8 Before placing the child in the child re straint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the ALR mode 10 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 9 PASS AIR BAG Re OFF rv SS0481 Front facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front pas senger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag
463. sensing auto wipers may not oper ate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SIC2767B To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped with defroster start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear win dow be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS A WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al ways have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious acci dent If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is gener
464. servoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is run ning it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing i Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not de signed to indicate a low oil level Use the dip stick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pres sure warning light on could cause serious dam age to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped CRUISE This light c
465. shes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will un lock 3 Push the UNLOCK within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once All the doors will unlock button again All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK a button while the doors are locked Opening any doors e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK rr button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening windows To open the windows push the door UNLOCK rr button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK a button Windows cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key The windows can be opened or closed by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See DOORS earlier in this section Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK S button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Push the PANIC 3 button on the Intelligent Key for mor
466. side mirrors Owner s Manual Service Manual order information Panic alarm Parking Parking brake operation Parking on hills Parking brake break in Personal lights Phone Car phone or CB radio Power Power door lock Power outlet Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 46 Power windows 2 43 Power front seat adjustment 1 2 Pre crash seat belts 1 11 Precautions All wheel drive AWD driving safety 5 6 Audio operation 4 37 Braking precautions 5 46 Child restraints 1 15 Cruise control 4 5 20 Maintenance 2200 8 5 Seat belt usage 1 8 Supplemental restraint system 1 34 When starting and driving 5 2 Preview function 0 5 47 Push Starting soos ee aes ae ea as 6 10 Push button ignition switch 5 6 R Radi segi dis wo ee ee we shar a 4 37 4 62 Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 75 Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 28 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Rear power point 2 38 Rear seat adjustment 1 4 ROAT seats cess ae ee ae ead ee 1 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Rearview monitor 4 4 25 Recorders Event data 4 9 22 Registering your vehicle in another COUNTY ay ssi Hor totes ep ot Sesh Ses me a Se E G 9 10 Reporti
467. sirsecsssrenirersssiniri s tesista 8 19 Replacing spark plugs cece eee eee 8 20 Air ClOANels cicicsievsctcctese cates tears davasveaas 8 20 Windshield wiper blades cece een eee 8 21 Cleaning ien vee ad Vile a Mie eed Aa eee 8 21 REDlACING eis scs sessaqusiereacecny Gagan heed antes aes 8 21 Brakes viccackcescecse ideas tances Sees eae euler nee 8 23 Self adjusting brakes eee eee e eee eee 8 23 Brake pad wear indicators 008 8 23 FUSES iced cdecdeeaewrs ent netes HeuneN es eeNe SG 8 23 Engine compartment cceeeeeeeoees 8 24 Passenger compartment 000088 8 25 Battery replacement cece eee eee eee eee 8 26 Intelligent key ccisciscissscisecisaciasvaeveces 8 26 LISKS se d cccswias dessins cera des dalegaeedadacweee 8 28 HEALS MES rssornnsririrre enes Weve areed R NES 8 29 Exterior and interior lights 008 8 30 Wheels and tireSivic satus cance weet cee nests 8 32 Tire PIOSSUPCs upie e naib ated ais iuredied EE 8 32 Tite labeling sesccreiisisersisr ciini ensiste 8 36 Types Of IES s ronisrsener ren ntt rni En eEEA 8 38 Tire CHAINS ist cite ceasiGls veeaeede chiane ainis 8 39 Changing wheels and tires 00 00 ee 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular main
468. sive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abra sive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it
469. slight resistance is felt then tighten ad ditionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m 8 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 9 Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely A CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to pre vent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine 10 Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required 11 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes VK45DE engine or 10 minutes VQ35DE engine Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself b Hold the engine undercover into position c Ins
470. st memo Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos F Phone Setup m Y B C if Pair Phone dif Change Priority ff List Phones til Delete Phone H Select Phone Mf Help amp Skip Voice Prompt sa Exit Phone Mode SAA1930 SETUP Use the Setup command to change options associated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair Phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone operate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system announces the name the phone is already us ing The pairing procedure will then be can celed When prompted by the system choose from the following commands New phone see PAIRING PROCEDURE earlier in this section e Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the paring p
471. straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For de tails see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren SYSTEM LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS later in this section In gen eral child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certify ing that it complies with Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Ve
472. straint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement I
473. straint system The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seat or the front passenger seat Ze SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the upright and rearmost posi tion See REAR SEATS earlier in this section Ifyou must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to ob tain the correct child restraint fit See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is re moved If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfer ing with the proper child restrain
474. sume operating automati cally and the LDW ON indicator will stop flash ing LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM Precautions on LDP system A WARNING The LDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of vehicle at all times The LDP system is primarily intended for use on well developed freeways or highways It may not detect the lane markers in certain roads weather or driving conditions Using the LDP system under some condi tions of road lane marker or weather or when you change lanes without using the lane change signal could lead to an unex pected system operation In such condi tions you need to correct the vehicle s direc tion with your steering operation to avoid accidents When the LDP system is operating avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers Otherwise you could lose control of the vehicle The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH 72 km h or if it cannot detect lane markers The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions and do not use the LDP system During bad weather rain fog snow wind etc When driving on slippery roads such as on ice or snow etc When driving on winding or uneven roads When there is a lane closure due to road repairs
475. t Key system 3 6 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 42 Headlights intelligent Key system Front power seat adjustment 1 2 Aiming control See adaptive front lighting K s y SY A ey operating range 3 8 Front seat adjustment 1 2 system AFS 20 000 2 31 Fuel Bulb replacement 8 29 Key operation s see eee e ene 3 Capacities and recommended fuel Headlight switch 2 29 Warning signals ee ee eae 3 11 lubricants ee ee ee ee 9 2 Xenon headlights 2 29 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 22 Fuel economy 00 5 43 Headphones See INFINITI mobile Interior light control switch 2 49 Fuel economy information display 4 11 entertainment system 4 65 4 74 Interior light replacement 8 30 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Heater Interior lights 1 6 eee ee ee eee 2 48 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Automatic climate control 4 32 Interior trunk lid release 3 18 Fuel fillercap 00 3 19 Engine block heater 5 54 iPod player operation 4 50 Fuel filler door 3 19 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 51 GAUSE ee ee ER RR OR aw eS 2 7 Hood release us asupra Bow ae ew Ges 3 16 FUSES Sock xp wid wre Bo e a a aes B 8 23 Hook Coat hooks 204 2 43 J Fusible links u esmase ekia 8 25 HOr ccc v
476. t being used e Do not place heavy objects on the cards e Do not store the cards in highly humid locations e Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the cards Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner s Manual for the details Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 SAA1107 With navigation system SAA1824 Without navigation system 1 ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch 2 BACK switch 3 Volume control switch 4 Source select switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch Push the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder when they are listed on the display Tune Track RADIO e Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Next or previous preset station e Pushing DOWN V UP amp longer Next or previous station 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems cD Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Next track or the beginning of the current track Pushing DOWN V UP amp longer Disc change When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD CF if so equipped with MP3 WMA Pushing DOWN V UP amp shorter Next track or the beginnin
477. t fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Front facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 SSS0651 SSS0652 SS0653 Front facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt re tractor is in the Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retrac tor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 6 Front facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE STRAINT earlier in this
478. t functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section Py 1 Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic selector shift position See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise main switch indicator light green The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise control main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer PASS AIR BAG or Ble Front passenger air bag 21 status light ASS AIR BAG The front passenger air bag status light 8 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion of this
479. t level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine drive belts Make sure that the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine Wait more than 10 or 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by an INFINITI dealer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it cor rected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosi
480. t match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 FLASH 10 SAA1818 1 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 5 2 Radio station and CD selector buttons 6 3 Radio tuning MP3 WMA folder selector AUDIO control knob 7 4 CD LOAD button if so equipped 8 Radio PRESET A B C selector button Radio SCAN tuning CD RPT repeat play button Radio CAT category REW rewind button for SEEK TRACK FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 CD EJECT button 10 CompactFlash CF card slot located un der the audio unit if so equipped No satellite radio reception is available unless the optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and there is an active XM satellite radio service subscription The audio control buttons are also located on the center mult
481. t moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The move ment of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as described earlier in this section 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SIC2783 ARMREST Front armrest Pull the lever A up and slide the driver s or passenger s armrest forward and backward Slide the armrest to the original position when using the front cup holders SSS0520 SSS0479 Rear armrest Trunk pass through Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the vehicle To access the trunk pull down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass through lid To lock the lid use the mechanical key and turn it to the LOCK position To unlock turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK position For the mechanical key usage see KEYS in the 3 Pre drivi
482. t playlist will be selected ON OFF switch With the ignition switch pushed to the ACC or ON position push the ON OFF switch to turn the audio system ON or OFF Source select switch Push the SRC select switch to change the audio mode ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the an tenna with a dampened soft cloth SIC2773 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifi cation purposes e Yellow video input White left channel audio input Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the mobile enter tainment system which enables you to play a Digital Versatile Disc DVD providing the im ages and sounds both in the front and rear display screens A WARNING The driver must not attempt to opera
483. t the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other side wall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indi cate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section In tended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the side wall that contains a whitewall bears Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper
484. te or view the Mobile Entertainment System MES while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not attempt to modify the system to dis play a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may dis tract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death A CAUTION Theglass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 e Use a damp soft cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System components Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions e Do not attempt to use the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 C 20 F or above 158 C 70 F e To avoid discharging the vehicle battery do not operate the system more than 15 min utes without starting the engine Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake SAA1109 DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD SYSTEM COMPO
485. tem SRS vecera asanes E TEE EE DEE Hotere 0 2 Exterior MON sessirincamener boas pinen Sod S AD 0 3 Exterior rear sis Sse sacnaisieie el E a E ETE 0 4 Passenger c ompartMent csse sss sce sce sensevewns 0 5 Cockpit eseten a pices wy yep a ew tek men es 0 7 Instrument panels siiisic vias deanesetaewsaen nessen 0 8 Meters and gaugeS cee eee eee eee eee eens 0 9 Engine COMPAMIMENt ss side yeis dees cede sae Ooo ders 0 10 Vk45de engine 6 3 iisseccvseerncsares erases 0 10 Vq35de engine c cciesccscscscvevsaasereeees 0 11 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 6 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 42 7 Rear armrest P 1 7 8 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 17 9 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags P 1 34 10 Front armrest P 1 6 11 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 34 Advanced air bag system P 1 40 nN w gt ol fon SS10223 1 Child restraint anchor points for top 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact tether strap child restraint P 1 19 supplemental air bags P 1 34 2 Head restraints P 1 5 5 Seats P 1 2 Front seat Active Head Restraints Front seats P 1 2 P 1 6 Rear seats P 1 4 3 Seat belts P 1 8 Child restraints P 1 15 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 9 10 11
486. tem will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers If the system does not recognize your com mand please try repeating the command using a natural voice Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance SAA1113 es Voice Recognition ex Phone Navigation C Information J Help amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1908 es Voice Recognition gt Phone 3 C Dial Number 4 Redial C Phonebook p International Call amp To exit hold the TALK swich SAA1909 Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 il Push the TALK switch located on the steering wheel 2 3 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information or Help Speak Phone 4 Speak International Call Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 Es Voice Recognition B C Say the entire number or groups of numbers Say 0 9 pound star or plus amp To pause push the TALK switch SAA1914 es Voice Recognition gt International call 3C Dial
487. tems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM for Canada A WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle ina safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation If you find yourself unable to devote full at tention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone mod ule With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone comman
488. tenance is essential to maintain your IN FINITI s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your ve hicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained specialist
489. th the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models without the navigation system the setting screen can be displayed by pushing the DISP button on the control panel Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push the 30 OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the OFF button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher using the INFINITI controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Own ers Manual Navigation settings models with navigation system For the details of Navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owners Manual 12 Settings gt Others Rear Display SAA1814 Rear Display settings if so equipped The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Rear Dis p
490. than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is play ing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the gt gt I or M4 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is play ing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 SCAN RPT When the SCAN RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows REPEAT RPT SHUFFLE OFF RPT OFF ALBUM SHUFFLE ALL TRK Track RPT SHUFFLE OFF 1 TRK Track RPT SHUFFLE OFF ALL TRK Track RPT TRK Track SHUFFLE RPT OFF TRK Track SHUFFLE ALL TRK Track RPT MUSIC BOX HARD DISK DRIVE AUDIO SYSTEM models with navigation system ALBUM SHUFFLE RPT OFF The Music Box hard disk drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity and can record up to 200 hours approximately 2 900 songs The following CDs can be recorded in the MU SIC BOX hard disk drive audio system CDs without MP3 WMA files Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA specifi cation in CD Extra
491. the OFF position see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off 2 50 Instruments and controls OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS SIC2555B The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF de vices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powe
492. the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty For additional information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For addi tional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle QUICK REFERENCE ST10420 CO ONAUEWHN BZ oO N Engine oil P 8 11 Meters and gauges P 2 5 Hood release P 3 16 Seat P 1 2 Seat belt P 1 8 Door lock P 3 4 Engine coolant P 8 10 Window washer fluid P 8 16 Battery P 8 16 Climate control P 4 32 Audio system P 4 37 Fuel filler door release P 3 19 Fuel r
493. the plastic bag Only use the recommended mounting position or Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sensor ob struction if so equipped may result e License plate bracket Jj nut x 2 Screw x 2 Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning part behind the top of the front bumper opening with part of the rear surface of the license plate bracket 2 To determine where to drill the hole mark along both sides of the mounting hole by using a felt tip pen 3 Remove the license plate bracket and connect the arcs to form ovals Mark the point in the center of each oval These are the pilot drilling locations Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked loca tions Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 144 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION A WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside the vehicle In a col lision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Donot al
494. the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures AILU S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger Seat 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION A WARNING INFINITI recommends that booster seats be in stalled in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rear most position A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat SSS0640 LRSO451 LRSO452 f Front passenger seat If your vehicle is equipped with rear power seat adjustment adjust the rear outboard seats to the upright and rearmost posi tion See REAR SEATS earlier in this section If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rearmost position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat
495. the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside Starting and driving 5 3 temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires e You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display See HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section After tire rotation is performed tire pressure will not be displayed in the actual tire posi tion Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instrume
496. these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge While the LDP system is operating you may hear a sound of brake operation This is normal and indicates that the LDP system is operating properly On roads where there are sharp curves Starting and driving 5 17 SSD0672 LDP ON indicator light green Warning light orange LDP system operation The LDP system provides a lane departure warn ing and brake control assistance when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 72 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver Then the LDP system will automatical
497. tion WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelli gent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE later in this section and DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DIS PLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The selector lever is not in the P Shift the selector lever to the P Park position Park position The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position position The Intelligent Key is in the Intelli Remove the Intelligent Key from the gent Key port Intelligent Key port When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle When closing the door with the in side lock knob turned to LOCK The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The inside warning chime sounds continuously The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for
498. tion of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu pants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are designed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to pro vide the maximum protection during a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured ina collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the booster seat but as up right as possible After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must installa booster seat in
499. tion switch in the LOCK or ACC position This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Engine start operation indicator ignition switch in the ON position This indicator appears when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the selector lever in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 3 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 4 Intelligent Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key needs to be inserted into the Intelligent Key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion 5 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears
500. tion switch is pushed to the LOCK position If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE 2 side of the moonroof switch 2 Push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch to tilt the moonroof up 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN side of the moonroof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer REAR CONTROL CANCEL SWITCH if so equipped SIC2786 The rear control cancel switch is located on the center console Pushing the rear control cancel switch to the cancel side will deactivate the following switches in the rear center armrest Automatic climate control e Audio REAR SUNSHADE if so equipped A CAUTION To avoid perso
501. tions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear ance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component re quired to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The mini mum clearances are determined using the fac tory equipped tire size Other types may dam age your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause dam age to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress gt a gt lt Cc SDI1662 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See FLAT TIRE in
502. to the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured 5 8 Starting and driving To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and push in the Intelligent Key Then the Intelligent Key will be ejected from the port Pull the Intelligent Key out NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the In telligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the dot matrix liquid crystal display replace the battery as soon as possible See BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the cor rect direction when inserting it to the Intelli gent Key port The engine may not start if itis in the incorrect direction Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli gent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Do not pull out the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port until the Intelligent Key is ejected to the removal position BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as poss
503. to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position Cancel or activate entry exit function To cancel or activate the entry exit function the selector lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the LOCK position Push and hold the SET switch for more than 10 seconds to cancel or activate the entry exit function The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated The entry exit function can also be canceled or activated if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort amp Conv settings See VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position once then pushed to the LOCK position The entry exit function will be activated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 oC SPA2020 MEMORY STORAGE
504. topping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slip pery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steer ing maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases un der your vehicle Keep snow clear of the ex haust pipe and from around your vehicle 5 54 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through INFINITI dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 C 7 F or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire cord 3 pronged extension Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away
505. ts Failure to do so could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights low beam toward the turning direction to improve the drivers view When the headlight switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn the AFS system will be activated The AFS will operate e when the headlight switch is ON Instruments and controls 2 31 when the selector lever is in any position other than P Park or R Reverse when the vehicle is driven at above 16 MPH 25 km h for the left side headlight Note that the right side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is at a stop and the steering wheel is turned The vehicle must attain a speed above 16 MPH 25 km h before AFS activates the left side headlight 2 32 Instruments and controls g D an AFS OFF D SIC2645 SIC3554 To turn the AFS off push the OFF side of the AFS switch The AFS OFF indicator light will illumi nate Push the ON side of the switch to turn the system on again AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON
506. ts or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recom mended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to pre vent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn r SS Floor mat positioning aid SAI0031 This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grom met holes in them To install position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu tion Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts
507. ts to the Emergency Locking Retrac tor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted SSS0656 SSS0657 SSS0658 Rear facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rear facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the child restraint press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing step 7 7 Before placing the child in the child re straint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 8 Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retrac tor the retractor is in the ALR mode 9 Check to make sure th
508. tter Remove the obstacle such as opaque materials hands hair etc 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1828 Remote controller The remote controller has the following con trols 1 REAR DISPLAY OPEN CLOSE button 2 DVD button Joystick AUX button ENTER button DISP button VOLUME CONTROL button or VW Headphones button TRACK CHANNEL button or 10 DISPLAY TILT button x or 11 BACK button 12 ASPECT button 13 SOUND button 14 Keypad See PLAYING A DVD later in this section for the function of each buttons NAW EP WwW Oo Remote controller and headphones battery replacement Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid 2 Replace both batteries with new ones e Size AA remote control Size AAA headphones Make sure that the and ends on the batteries match the markings inside the com SAA0978 partment Remote controller 3 Close the lid securely If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement close the lid securely e If you will not be using the remote control for long periods of time remove the batteries Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions at extremely close distances to the MES or not at all e Be careful not to touch the battery terminal An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment A
509. tton 2 Select the Bluetooth Setup key and push the ENTER button 3 Select the Pair Phone key and push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Settings gt Pair Phone 1 None Add New K 2 None Add New 3 None Add New 4 None Add New 5 None Add New SAA1572 Settings gt Pair Phone Please start pairing from your Bluetooth phone When phone requests PIN please enter 1234 Exiting this screen will cancel pairing Cancel SAA1573 Settings gt Phonebook 1 Nore Add New 4m 2 Nore Add New 3 None Add New 4 None Add New SAA1574 4 Select the None Add New key from the name list of the phones and push the ENTER button 5 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for the details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instruc tions on pairing INFINITI recommended cel lular phones When the pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup dis play 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION Up to 40 phone numbers can be store
510. u may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained The side air bags and curtain air bags ordi Some examples of dangerous riding posi narily will not inflate in the event of a frontal tions are shown in the illustrations impact rear impact rollover or lower sever ity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Do not use seat covers on the front seat backs They may interfere with side air bag inflation The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 8 10 SSS0480 1 Crash zone sensor 4 Occupant classification system control 2 Supplemental front impact air bag m
511. unction control panel 22000 4 4 Door open warning light 2 14 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 21 Dive Belts ose amelie Sew ae aara aay Bo 8 18 Drive positioner 00 3 25 Driving All wheel drive AWD 5 44 All wheel drive AWD safety PrecautionS soss eac eee ew vii 5 6 Cold weather driving 5 53 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy FUSI cee we eit wee ae se e 5 43 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 20 Engine Before starting the engine 5 9 Break in schedule 5 43 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ima eS ee ee we Be ew Se 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 11 Changing engine oil and filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 11 Engine block heater 5 54 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 8 10 Engine Oil secas Beddoes WARE Soe 8 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity 9 6 Engine serial number 9 12 Engine specifications 9 8 If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Starting the engine 5 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 7 Entry exit function Automatic drive POSIIONE s aie eed oe ee eee
512. urn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SAA1822 COMPACTFLASH CF PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position remove the cover and insert a CF card into the slot Then push the rid button repeatedly to switch to the Compact Flash mode If the system has been turned off while the CompactFlash card was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Com pactFlash card HSC ALY PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the CF card inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a CF card is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeat edly until the center display changes to the CompactFlash mode Text When the Text key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CF is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen Folder title e Song title Track title e Album Title e Artist mappi dd S FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the gt gt I fast forward or M4 re wind button is pushed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the CompactFlash CF card is being Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 played the CF card w
513. urns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use Send com mand to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the num bers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call e Transfer Call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off F Phonebook mM Y 3L gt Hf List Names Hi New Entry ff Edit Hf Help ff Delete amp Exit Phone Mode g Exit Phone Mode SAA1928 PHONEBOOK
514. use injury if a side air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension sys tem or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat cov ers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that
515. used to carry passengers and cargo INFINITI does not recom mend trailer towing because it places addi tional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www infiniti com This guide includes information on trailer tow ing capability and the special equipment re quired for proper towing A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by INFINITI warranties FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission ve hicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmis sion lubrication e DO NOT tow an All Wheel Drive AWD ve hicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic transmission All Wheel Drive AWD models Do not tow an AWD vehicl
516. utside mirror control switch to L left Depress the brake pedal 6 Move the selector lever to the R Reverse position Adjust the mirror to the desired viewing position for backing up by operating the outside mirror control switch Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 selected in step 3 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected mirror position is stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 Turn the outside mirror control switch to R right Repeat the above procedure to adjust the right mirror position and store in the se lected memory When the driver s seat outside mirror and steering column are not in the memorized position the outside mirror will move with the initial tilt down angle if the reverse tilt down position is stored Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds push the button on the Intel ligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and push the b
517. utton ignition switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position LOCK ACC ON SSD0684 When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push the center once to change to ACC e Push the center two times to change to ON Push the center three times to return to LOCK The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion and the brake pedal is depressed In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the ignition switch to the LOCK position To unlock the steer ing wheel push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the
518. utton on the Intelligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and out side mirrors will move to the memorized posi tion Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the desired position using the previous procedure e lf optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle perform the memory storage proce dure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see KEYS ear lier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second Within 45 seconds after opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and out side mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and t
519. ve substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are gen eral precautions which should be closely ob served A WARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position when performing any parts replace ment or repairs e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If
520. vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode ad justs the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is between ap proximately 20 MPH 32 km h and up to the set speed When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion Starting and driving 5 27 am SSD0252 The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the de tection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver 5 28 Starting and driving may have to manuall
521. w Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running OPERATING TIPS When the selector lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard e It may take some time until the RearView Monitor or the normal screen is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R from another position or to another position from R Objects may be distorted momen tarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night This is not a malfunc tion If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis play objects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion
522. w vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replac ing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and a filter other than the specified quality or exceed ing recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go commuting Refer to the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI ve hicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A CAUTION
523. waii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems WISE DIGITAL AUDIO SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player e Donot force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ven tilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging e Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight e CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R
524. washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a wind shield washer antifreeze Follow the manufac turer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driv ing conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with wa ter to the manufacturer s recommended lev els before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the win dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e lf the v
525. ween a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage behind a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular
526. werving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pres sure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may f
527. with the igni tion switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e lf the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt brak ing reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the rec ommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light stays on after adjusting the tire pres sure and driving over 16 MPH 25 km h have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tir
528. xamples 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number 0 zero even if you speak oh instead of zero You can only say zero for O Zero You can say either zero or oh for o Oh Settings gt Voice Recognition Command List User Guide E Speaker Adaptation F Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback SAA1907 SPEAKER ADAPTATION FUNCTION The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recogni tion performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button Highlight the Speaker Adaptation key and then push the ENTER button i Settings gt Speaker Adaptation E Pi ote a l O User2 E J j Learning result
529. y INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle A WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely ap plied and the transmission is shifted into the P Park position e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance 9 a MCEO001A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks Q at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 SCE0580
530. y control the proper dis tance away from vehicle traveling ahead SD0253 SSD0254 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or acceler ate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or trav eling position in the lane etc or vehicle con dition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sound ing the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the ve hicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accel erate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 29 SSD0675 Intelligent cruise control switch Th
531. y with a firmly 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle wrung out moist cloth to reduce explo position the two vehicles and sion hazard to bring their batteries into close proxim ity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch In case of emergency 6 9 5 Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated O gt If the battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK posi tion and if the steering lock is engaged the steering wheel cannot be moved Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle before pushing the ignition switch and disen gaging the steering lock A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illus trated not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 6 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 7 Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started 6 10 In case of emergency A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and wait 10 seconds before try ing again 8 After starting your engine carefully dis connect th
532. you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats A WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused after ac tivation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by an INFINITI dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the preten sioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretension ers Tampering with the pretensioner sys tem may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner sys tem should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the preten sioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunc tion with the front air bag system
533. you must run the engine in an enclosed Space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is sup ported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable before work ing near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the en gine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil en gine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ig nition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic trans mission related component harnesses dis connected while the ignition switch is in the ON position This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec
534. zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recog nition performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number 0 zero even if you speak oh instead of zero You can only say zero for 0 zero You can say either zero or oh for o Oh Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Command List Category Command commend Cid SSS Displays vehicle Information function Phone Command commande OOOSOCOCOCOCC S Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Makes a call to the latest dialed number Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized Available during phone number entry e Navigation Command See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Command commande OOOCOSOCOCOCCSCSC d Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Trip Computer Displays trip information Displays maintenance information Traffic Info Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Monitor climate audio phone and voic

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file